°ò·þ±Ð«Å¹D·|¤j¦wºÖ­µ°ó
¸t¸g¸g¤å¬d¸ß
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
¡@
¡@
¤j¦w°ó¹q¤l³øµo¦æ~~½ÐÂI§Ú¡@ ¡@¡@

¦r¨å·j´Mµ²ªG ¦@¦³ 242 µ§

¬ÛÃö¸g¤å 
061 'abal {ab-awl'} ¦ü¥G·½¦Û 056 "§_©w"ªº·N¸q; TWOT - 8; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - but 4, verily 3, indeed 2, nevertheless 2; 11 1) ¯u¥¿¦a, ½T«H¦a, ¥²µM¦a 2) ¦ý¬O, µM¦Ó, ÁöµM¦p¦¹ 3) ¬Û¤Ï¦a, §_©w (§_©wµü)

061 'abal {ab-awl'} apparently from 056 through the idea of negation; TWOT - 8; adv AV - but 4, verily 3, indeed 2, nevertheless 2; 11 1) truly, verily, surely 2) but, however, howbeit 3) contrariwise, nay rather (neg.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0104 'igg@ra' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ig-er-aw'} ªi´µ»y; TWOT - 2557; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - letter 3; 3 1) ®Ñ«H, ¤½¤å(¨ÈÄõ¤åªº¥~¨Ó»y, ¥Î©ó¬ù)

0104 'igg@ra' (Aramaic) {ig-er-aw'} of Persian origin; TWOT - 2557; n f AV - letter 3; 3 1) letter, missive (Aramaic loan-word used in last OT books)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0107 'iggereth {ig-eh'-reth} ·½¦Û 0104; TWOT - 23b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - letter(s) 10; 10 1) ®Ñ«H, ¤½¤å

0107 'iggereth {ig-eh'-reth} from 0104; TWOT - 23b; n f AV - letter(s) 10; 10 1) letter, missive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0178 'owb {obe} »P01¦P·½ (ÅãµM¨ú¨ä"«H¤f»¡¥X¤@¦ì¤÷¿Ëªº¦W¦r"¤§·§©À); TWOT - 37a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - familiar spirit(s) 16, bottles 1; 17 1) ¤ô³Uªº¥~¥Ö 2) §Å®v 1b) §Å®v, ³ê°_¦ºªÌ 1c) °­, ¤`»î 1d) §Å³N 3) ¾Ö¦³¬Ûªñ¦üªºÆF»î

0178 'owb {obe} from the same as 01 (apparently through the idea of prattling a father's name); TWOT - 37a; n m AV - familiar spirit(s) 16, bottles 1; 17 1) water skin bottle 2) necromancer 1b) necromancer, one who evokes the dead 1c) ghost, spirit of a dead one 1d) practice of necromancy 3) one that has a familiar spirit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0528 'Amown {aw-mone'} ®J¤Îªº­l¥Í»y; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - not translated 2; 2 ¨È­Ì ©Î ¨È±¿ = "´þªø: °@«H" 1) ®J¤Î¯«, ­ì¥»¬O©³¤ñ´µªº¦a¤è¯«, «á¨Ó¦¨¬°®J¤Î¸U¯«·µ¤¤ªº¥D¯« (#­C 46:25; ÂE 3:8|)

0528 'Amown {aw-mone'} of Egyptian derivation;; n pr m AV - not translated 2; 2 Amon or Amun = "to nourish: to be faithful" 1) an Egyptian god, originally the local god of Thebes, later head of the Egyptian pantheon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0529 'emuwn {ay-moon'} ·½¦Û 0539; TWOT - 116d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - faithful 3, truth 1, faith 1; 5 1) ©¾«H, ¥i¾a 1a) «H¹êªº, ¥i«H¥ôªº (§@¬°§Î®eµü)

0529 'emuwn {ay-moon'} from 0539; TWOT - 116d; n m AV - faithful 3, truth 1, faith 1; 5 1) faithfulness, trusting 1a) faithful, trusty (as adj.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0539 'aman {aw-man'} °ò¥»«¬; TWOT - 116; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - believe 44, assurance 1, faithful 20, sure 11, established 7, trust 5, verified 3, stedfast 2, continuance 2, father 2, bring up 4, nurse 2, be nursed 1, surely be 1, stand fast 1, fail 1, trusty 1; 108 1) ¤ä«ù, ½T»{, ©¾¤ß 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¤ä«ù, ½T»{, ©¾¤ß, ¤ä¼µ, ´þ¾i 1a1a) ¾i¤÷(¹ê¦Wµü) 1a1b) ¾i¥À, «O©i 1a1c) ¼Ù¬W, ¼µ¦íªùªº¬W¤l 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ½T¥ß, ©¾¤ß, ¬ÝÅ@, °í¥ß 1b1a) ¥Ñ«O©i¬ÝÅ@ 1b1b) °í¥ß, ½T«H, «ù¤[ 1b1c) ½T»{, ½T¥ß, ½T«H 1b1d) ÅçÃÒ, ½T»{ 1b1e) ¥i¾aªº, ©¾¤ßªº, ¥i«H¥ôªº 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) °í«H, «H¥ô, ½T«H, ¬Û«H 1c1a) °í«H 1c1b) ­Ê¿à, ¬Û«H

0539 'aman {aw-man'} a primitive root; TWOT - 116; v AV - believe 44, assurance 1, faithful 20, sure 11, established 7, trust 5, verified 3, stedfast 2, continuance 2, father 2, bring up 4, nurse 2, be nursed 1, surely be 1, stand fast 1, fail 1, trusty 1; 108 1) to support, confirm, be faithful 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to support, confirm, be faithful, uphold, nourish 1a1a) foster-father (subst.) 1a1b) foster-mother, nurse 1a1c) pillars, supporters of the door 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to be established, be faithful, be carried, make firm 1b1a) to be carried by a nurse 1b1b) made firm, sure, lasting 1b1c) confirmed, established, sure 1b1d) verified, confirmed 1b1e) reliable, faithful, trusty 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) to stand firm, to trust, to be certain, to believe in 1c1a) stand firm 1c1b) trust, believe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0540 'aman (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {am-an'} ¬Û·í©ó 0539; TWOT - 2584; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - believe 1, sure 1, faithful 1; 3 1) ½T©w, ¤ä«ù 1a) (Aphel) 1a1) ¬Û«H 1a2) «H¥ô 1a3) ¥i¾aªº (³Q°Ê¤Àµü)

0540 'aman (Aramaic) {am-an'} corresponding to 0539; TWOT - 2584; v AV - believe 1, sure 1, faithful 1; 3 1) to confirm, support 1a) (Aphel) 1a1) to believe in 1a2) to trust 1a3) trustworthy (pass participle)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0544 'omen {oh-men'} ·½¦Û 0539; TWOT - 116a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - truth 1; 1 1) «H¹ê

0544 'omen {oh-men'} from 0539; TWOT - 116a; n m AV - truth 1; 1 1) faithfulness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0548 'amanah {am-aw-naw'} ·½¦Û 0543; TWOT - 116h;³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sure 1, portion 1; 2 1)«H¤ß, ¤ä«ù, ½T«H,§â´¤ 1a)Ãö©ó¡y¬ù¡zªº 1b)°]¬Fªº,¸gÀÙªº,°]°Èªº,ª÷¿Äªº¤ä«ù

0548 'amanah {am-aw-naw'} from 0543; TWOT - 116h; n f AV - sure 1, portion 1; 2 1) faith, support, sure, certain 1a) of a covenant 1b) of financial support
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0550 'Amnown {am-nohn'} ©Î 'Amiynown {am-ee-nohn'} ·½¦Û 0539;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Amnon 28; 28 ·t¹à = "¦³«H¤ßªº" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªºªø¤l, ±j¦û¤F¨ä©f¤l¥Lº¿(¦P¤÷²§¥À), «á¬°©ã¨FÀs©Ò±þ 2) ¥Üªù(ÄÝ­{°Ç®a±Ú)ªº¨à¤l¤§¤@ (#¥N¤W 4:20|)

0550 'Amnown {am-nohn'} or 'Amiynown {am-ee-nohn'} from 0539;; n m AV - Amnon 28; 28 Amnon = "faithful" 1) oldest son of David, rapist of Tamar, slain by Absalom 2) a son of Shimon (of Caleb's clan)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0898 bagad {baw-gad'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 198; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - treacherously 23, transgressor 10, transgress 3, deceitfully 2, treacherous dealer 3, treacherous 2, very 2 (inf. for emphasis), unfaithful man 1, treacherous men 1, offend 1, unfaithfully 1; 49 1) ¦æ¨Æ¤£©¾¹ê¦a, ´Û¶B¦a, «Ý¤H³B¨Æ¤£©¾¹ê¦a 1a) (Qal) «Ý¤H³B¨Æ¤£©¾¹ê¦a, ­I«H¦a, ´Û¶B¦a, ¥Ç¸o

0898 bagad {baw-gad'} a primitive root; TWOT - 198; v AV - treacherously 23, transgressor 10, transgress 3, deceitfully 2, treacherous dealer 3, treacherous 2, very 2 (inf. for emphasis), unfaithful man 1, treacherous men 1, offend 1, unfaithfully 1; 49 1) to act treacherously, deceitfully, deal treacherously 1a) (Qal) to act or deal treacherously, faithlessly, deceitfully, offend
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0982 batach {baw-takh'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 233; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - trust 103, confidence 4, secure 4, confident 2, bold 1, careless 1, hope 1, hoped 1, ones 1, sure 1, women 1; 120 1) «H¾a 1a) (Qal) 1a1) «H¾a, ­Ê¾a 1a2) ¦³«H¤ß, ¦³«H¤ßªº 1a3) µL¬È 1a4) ¦wí 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) ¨Ï¤§«H¾a, ¨Ï¤§¦wí 2) (TWOT) ·Pı¦w¥þ, µL¼{

0982 batach {baw-takh'} a primitive root; TWOT - 233; v AV - trust 103, confidence 4, secure 4, confident 2, bold 1, careless 1, hope 1, hoped 1, ones 1, sure 1, women 1; 120 1) to trust 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to trust, trust in 1a2) to have confidence, be confident 1a3) to be bold 1a4) to be secure 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) to cause to trust, make secure 2) (TWOT) to feel safe, be careless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0985 bitchah {bit-khaw'} ·½¦Û 0984; TWOT - 233b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - confidence 1; 1 1) «H¥ô, «H¥ôªº, ¦Û«H(#ÁÉ 30:15|)

0985 bitchah {bit-khaw'} from 0984; TWOT - 233b; n f AV - confidence 1; 1 1) trust, trusting, confidence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0986 bittachown {bit-taw-khone'} ·½¦Û 0982; TWOT - 233c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - confidence 2, hope 1; 3 1) °U¥I, «H¤ß, §Æ±æ

0986 bittachown {bit-taw-khone'} from 0982; TWOT - 233c; n m AV - confidence 2, hope 1; 3 1) trust, confidence, hope
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01263 Baruwk {baw-rook'} ·½¦Û 01288 ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Baruch 26; 26 ¤Ú¿ý = "¨ü¯¬ºÖªº" 1) ­C§Q¦ÌªºªB¤Í, ®Ñ°O, ¤]¬O­C§Q¦Ìªº¿Ë«H. 2) ¤@­Ó²½¥q, ÂÄ«ôªº¨à¤l, ¥L´¿¨ó§U¥§§Æ¦Ì­««Ø­C¸ô¼»§Nªº«°Àð ( #¥§ 3:20| ) 3) ¤@­Ó²½¥q©Î²½¥q®a±Ú, ´¿¦b©M¥§§Æ¦Ì©wªº¤½¬ù¤Wñ¦r ( #¥§ 10:6| ) 4) ¨¦¦ó¦èªº¨à¤l, µS¤jªº¨à¤lªk°Ç´µªº«á¸Ç ( #¥§ 11:5| )

01263 Baruwk {baw-rook'} pass. participle from 01288;; n pr m AV - Baruch 26; 26 Baruch = "blessed" 1) friend, amanuensis, and faithful attendant of Jeremiah 2) a priest, the son of Zabbai who assisted Nehemiah in rebuilding the walls of Jerusalem 3) a priest, or family of priests, who signed the covenant with Nehemiah 4) son of Col-hozeh, a descendant of Perez or Pharez, the son of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01309 b@sowrah {bes-o-raw'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) b@sorah {bes-o-raw'} ·½¦Û 01319; TWOT - 291b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tidings 6; 6 1) ®ø®§, ¦n®ø®§, «H®§, ³ø¦n®ø®§ªº½à½ç 1a) ¨Î­µ 1b) ­µ°T, ®ø®§ 1c) ³ø¨Î­µªº½à½ç

01309 b@sowrah {bes-o-raw'} or (shortened) b@sorah {bes-o-raw'} from 01319; TWOT - 291b; n f AV - tidings 6; 6 1) news, good news, tidings, reward for good news 1a) good tidings 1b) tidings, news 1c) reward for good tidings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01319 basar {baw-sar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 291; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - tidings 16, show forth 3, publish 3, messenger 1, preached 1; 24 1) ³ø®ø®§, ³ø«H, ¹{¥¬, §G¹D, 1a) (Piel) 1a1) ³ø¦n«H 1a2) ³ø®ø®§ 1a3) ¶ÇºÖ­µ (±Ï®¦), §G¹D 1b) (Hithpael) ±o¨ì¦n®ø®§ (#¼»¤U 18:31|)

01319 basar {baw-sar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 291; v AV - tidings 16, show forth 3, publish 3, messenger 1, preached 1; 24 1) to bear news, bear tidings, publish, preach, show forth 1a) (Piel) 1a1) to gladden with good news 1a2) to bear news 1a3) to announce (salvation) as good news, preach 1b) (Hithpael) to receive good news
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01403 Gabriy'el {gab-ree-ale'} ·½¦Û 01397 »P 0410;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Gabriel 2; 2 ¥[¦Ê¦C = "¯«ªº¾Ô¤h" ©Î "Äݯ«ªº¤H" 1) ¤Ñ¨Ïªø; ´À¤W«Ò¶Ç»¼·¥­«­n«H®§ªº¨º¦ì¤Ñ¨Ï; ´¿³Q¬£¥h©M¦ý¥H²z, ¼»­{§Q¨È, ©M°¨§Q¨È

01403 Gabriy'el {gab-ree-ale'} from 01397 and 0410;; n pr m AV - Gabriel 2; 2 Gabriel = "warrior of God" or "man of God" 1) an archangel; the angel God used to send messages of great importance to man; sent to Daniel, to Zacharias, and to Mary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01549 gillayown {ghil-law-yone'} ©Î gilyown {ghil-yone'} ·½¦Û 01540; TWOT - 350c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - glasses 1, roll 1; 2 1) ®à¤l, «H¯Èï, Ãè¤l, ¥­·Æµo«Gªº¸Ë¹¢«~

01549 gillayown {ghil-law-yone'} or gilyown {ghil-yone'} from 01540; TWOT - 350c; n m AV - glasses 1, roll 1; 2 1) table, tablet, mirror, flat shiny ornament
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01587 G@maryah {ghem-ar-yaw'} ©Î G@maryahuw {ghem-ar-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 01584 ©M 03050;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Gemariah 5; 5 °òº¿§Q¶® = "­C©MµØ¤w¦¨´N" 1) ¤@¦ì¤å¤h, ¬O¨Fµfªº¨à¤l, ¦Ì¸Ó¨Èªº¤÷¿Ë. µS¤j°êªº¤@¦ì¶Q±Ú. ¥L¦b­C©MµØªº·µ¤¤¦³¤@¶¡¿ì¤½«Ç, ¨º¨à´N¬O¤Ú¿ý¹ï²³¥Á«ÅŪ­C§Q ¦Ì¥Ñ¯«»â¨üªºÄµ§i«H®§ªº¦a¤è. 2) §Æ°Ç®aªº¨à¤l, ¥L±N­C§Q¦Ìµ¹³Q«RªºµS¤Ó¤Hªº«H±a¨ì¤Ú¤ñ­Û

01587 G@maryah {ghem-ar-yaw'} or G@maryahuw {ghem-ar-yaw'-hoo} from 01584 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Gemariah 5; 5 Gemariah = "Jehovah has accomplished" 1) the son of Shaphan the scribe and father of Michaiah; one of the nobles of Judah who had a chamber in the temple from which Baruch read Jeremiah's alarming prophecy to all the people 2) the son of Hilkiah who bore Jeremiah's letter to the captive Jews
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01968 Heyman {hay-mawn'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0539;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Heman 17; 17 §Æ¹÷ = "«H¹êªº" 1) ¤@¦ì»P©Òùªù¤ñ¸ûªº´¼ªÌ 2) ¬ùÒ­¤§¤l, ¼»¥ÀÒ­¤§®], ¤@­Ó§Q¥¼ºq¤â¤Î¸Ö½g88½gªº§@ªÌ 3) ¤@­ÓÆ[¬ÝªÌ

01968 Heyman {hay-mawn'} probably from 0539;; n pr m AV - Heman 17; 17 Heman = "faithful" 1) a wise man to whom Solomon was compared 2) son of Joel, grandson of Samuel, and a Levitical singer and author of PS 88 3) a seer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02368 chowtham {kho-thawm'} ©Î chotham {kho-thawm'} ·½¦Û 02856; TWOT - 780a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - signet 9, seal 5; 14 1) ¦L«H, §Ù«ü¦L³¹

02368 chowtham {kho-thawm'} or chotham {kho-thawm'} from 02856; TWOT - 780a; n m AV - signet 9, seal 5; 14 1) seal, signet, signet-ring
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02610 chaneph {khaw-nafe'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 696; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - pollute 4, defile 4, greatly 1, corrupt 1, profane 1 ; 11 1) ³QÁ¶Âp, ³Q·l¦Ã, ³Q¦Ã¬V, »G±Ñ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ³Q¦Ã¬V 1a2) Á¶Âp, ¤£«H¯« 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) ¦Ã¬V 1b2) ¨ÏÁ¶Âp, ¨Ï¤£«H¯«, ¨Ï·l¦Ã

02610 chaneph {khaw-nafe'} a primitive root; TWOT - 696; v AV - pollute 4, defile 4, greatly 1, corrupt 1, profane 1 ; 11 1) to be profaned, be defiled, be polluted, be corrupt 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to be polluted 1a2) to be profane, be godless 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) to pollute 1b2) to make profane, make godless, cause to be defiled
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02611 chaneph {khaw-nafe'} ·½¦Û 02610; TWOT - 696b; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - hypocrite 13; 13 1) °°µ½ªº, µL¯«, ²§±Ðªº, °°µ½ªÌ, µL©v±Ð«H¥õªº

02611 chaneph {khaw-nafe'} from 02610; TWOT - 696b; adj AV - hypocrite 13; 13 1) hypocritical, godless, profane, hypocrite, irreligious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02612 choneph {kho'-nef} ·½¦Û 02610; TWOT - 696a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - hypocrisy 1; 1 1) °°µ½, ¤£«H¯«, °°§g¤l, Âp¯«(#ÁÉ 32:6|)

02612 choneph {kho'-nef} from 02610; TWOT - 696a; n m AV - hypocrisy 1; 1 1) hypocrisy, godlessness, hypocrite, profaneness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02613 chanuphah {khan-oo-faw'} ·½¦Û 02610; TWOT - 696c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - profaneness 1; 1 1) Á¶Âp, ªg¦¾, °°µ½, ¤£«H¤W«Ò

02613 chanuphah {khan-oo-faw'} from 02610; TWOT - 696c; n f AV - profaneness 1; 1 1) profaneness, pollution, hypocrisy, godlessness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02617 checed {kheh'-sed} ·½¦Û 02616; TWOT - 698a,699a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mercy 149, kindness 40, lovingkindness 30, goodness 12, kindly 5, merciful 4, favour 3, good 1, goodliness 1, pity 1, reproach 1, wicked thing 1; 248 1) µ½¨}, ·O·R, «H¹ê 2) ²Û°d, ¥i®¢

02617 checed {kheh'-sed} from 02616; TWOT - 698a,699a; n m AV - mercy 149, kindness 40, lovingkindness 30, goodness 12, kindly 5, merciful 4, favour 3, good 1, goodliness 1, pity 1, reproach 1, wicked thing 1; 248 1) goodness, kindness, faithfulness 2) a reproach, shame
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02618 Checed {kheh'-sed} »P 02617 ¦P;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - variant 1; 1 §Æ±x = "«H¤ß¤§¤l" 1) ­t³d¨ÑÀ³©Òùªù¤ý¤ý«Ç©Ò»Ýªº©x­û¤§¤@©Î¸Ó©x¤§¤÷¿Ë (#¤ý¤W 4:10|, ´Ü©w¥»Ä¶§@ "§Æ±x¤§¤l(©Î«K§Æ±x)", ©M¦X¥»Ä¶§@"«K§Æ±x")

02618 Checed {kheh'-sed} the same as 02617;; n pr m AV - variant 1; 1 Hesed = "son of faithfulness" 1) father of or maybe a commissary officer under Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02619 Chacadyah {khas-ad-yaw'} ·½¦Û 02617 »P 03050 ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Hasadiah 1; 1 «¢¼»©³ = "­C©MµØÁ`¬O«H¹êªº" 1) ¦Ì®ÑÄõªº¨à¤l, ©Òù¤Ú§Bªº®]¤l (#¥N¤W 3:20|)

02619 Chacadyah {khas-ad-yaw'} from 02617 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Hasadiah 1; 1 Hasadiah = "Jehovah has been faithful" 1) a son of Zerubbabel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02620 chacah {khaw-saw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 700; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - to trust 35, to make a refuge 1, have hope 1; 37 1) (Qal) ´M¨D§ÈÅ@, §ë¾a 1a) «H¾a (¯«), «H¿à©Î¥õ±æ (¯«) (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

02620 chacah {khaw-saw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 700; v AV - to trust 35, to make a refuge 1, have hope 1; 37 1) (Qal) to seek refuge, flee for protection 1a) to put trust in (God), confide or hope in (God) (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
03198 yakach {yaw-kahh'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 865; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - reprove 23, rebuke 12, correct 3, plead 3, reason 2, chasten 2, reprover + 0376 2, appointed 1, arguing 1, misc 9; 59 1) ÃÒ©ú, ¨M©w, ¼f§P, «ü³d, ³d³Æ, §ï¥¿, ¦¨¬°¥¿ªº 1a) (Hiphil) 1a1) ¨M©w, ¼f§P 1a2) §P¨M, «ü¬£ 1a3) ÃÒ©ú¬°¥¿, ÃÒ©ú 1a4) ¨Ï«HªA, ÃÒ©ú 1a5) ³d³Æ, ³d©Ç 1a6) §ï¥¿, «ü³d 1b) (Hophal) ³QÃg»@ 1c) (Niphal) °Q½×, ºî¦X°Q½× 1d) (Hithp) ÅG½×

03198 yakach {yaw-kahh'} a primitive root; TWOT - 865; v AV - reprove 23, rebuke 12, correct 3, plead 3, reason 2, chasten 2, reprover + 0376 2, appointed 1, arguing 1, misc 9; 59 1) to prove, decide, judge, rebuke, reprove, correct, be right 1a) (Hiphil) 1a1) to decide, judge 1a2) to adjudge, appoint 1a3) to show to be right, prove 1a4) to convince, convict 1a5) to reprove, chide 1a6) to correct, rebuke 1b) (Hophal) to be chastened 1c) (Niphal) to reason, reason together 1d) (Hithp) to argue
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
03458 Yishma`e'l {yish-maw-ale'} ·½¦Û 08085 ©M 0410;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ishmael 48; 48 ¥H¹êº¿§Q = "¯«·|Å¥¨£" 1) ¨È§B©Ô¨u©M¼»µÜªº¨Ï¤k®L¥Ò©Ò¥Íªº¨à¤l, «w«H¬Oªü©Ô§B¤Hªº¯ª¥ý 2) ¥§±´¶®ªº¨à¤l, ¥L¬O¨ë±þ°ò¤j§Qªº¤¿¤â ( #¤ý¤U 25:25| ) 3) «K¶®¼§¤H, ¨È±xªº¨à¤l¤§¤@, ±½Ã¹¤ýªº®]¤l¦Ì¤O¤Ú¤O(©Î§@¦Ì«Dªi³])ªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 8:38;9:44|) 4) ¤@¦ìµS¤j¤H, ¦è¤Ú²Ä¶®ªº¤÷¿Ë ( #¥N¤U 19:11| ) 5) ¤@¦ìµS¤j¤H, ¬ù«¢Ãøªº¨à¤l, ¥L¬OÀ°§U­C¦ó­C¤j«ì´_¬ùªü¬I¤ýÅvªº­xªø¤§¤@ (#¥N¤U 23:1|) 6) ¤Ú¬I¤áÒ­ªº¤l®]¤§¤@, ¨­¬°²½¥q¥B°ù¤F¤@­Ó¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d, «á³Q¥H´µ©Ô±j­¢¦Ó ¥ð¤F¸Ó¤k¤l (#©Ô 10:22|)

03458 Yishma`e'l {yish-maw-ale'} from 08085 and 0410;; n pr m AV - Ishmael 48; 48 Ishmael = "God will hear" 1) son of Abraham and Sarah's handmaid Hagar and the progenitor of the Arabian peoples 2) son of Nethaniah and the murderer of Gedaliah 3) a Benjamite, one of the sons of Azel a descendant of Saul through Meribbaal or Mephibosheth 4) a Judaite, father of Zebadiah 5) a Judaite, son of Johanan and one of the captains who aided Jehoiada in restoring Joash to the throne 6) a priest of the family of Pashur with a foreign wife whom he was forced to put away by Ezra
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
03611 keleb {keh'-leb} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ªí¥Üª¯§p©Î§ðÀ»; TWOT - 981a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - dog 32; 32 1) ª¯ 1a) ª¯(literal) 1b) »´½°©Î¶S§C(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1c) ²§±Ð®{ªºÄm²½ 1d) «H©^²§±Ðªº¨k§²(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

03611 keleb {keh'-leb} from an unused root means. to yelp, or else to attack; TWOT - 981a; n m AV - dog 32; 32 1) dog 1a) dog (literal) 1b) contempt or abasement (fig.) 1c) of pagan sacrifice 1d) of male cult prostitute (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
03689 kecel {keh'-sel} ·½¦Û 03688; TWOT - 1011a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - flank 6, hope 3, folly 2, loins 1, confidence 1; 13 1) ¸y³¡, ¸yºÛ 2) ·MÄø, ·M²Â 3) «H¤ß, «ü±æ

03689 kecel {keh'-sel} from 03688; TWOT - 1011a; n m AV - flank 6, hope 3, folly 2, loins 1, confidence 1; 13 1) loins, flank 2) stupidity, folly 3) confidence, hope
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
03690 kiclah {kis-law'} ·½¦Û 03689; TWOT - 1011b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - confidence 1, folly 1; 2 1) «H¿à 2) ¯î­ð, ·MÄø

03690 kiclah {kis-law'} from 03689; TWOT - 1011b; n f AV - confidence 1, folly 1; 2 1) confidence 2) folly, stupidity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
03691 Kiclev {kis-lave'} ¥i¯à¬O¤@­Ó¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 1012; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Chisleu 2; 2 °ò´µ¬y = "¥Lªº¦Û«H" 1) §Æ§B¨Ó¾äªkªº²Ä¤E­Ó¤ë, ¬Û·í©ó²{¦æ¦è¾äªº¤Q¤@¦Ü¤Q¤G¤ë

03691 Kiclev {kis-lave'} probably of foreign origin; TWOT - 1012; n pr m AV - Chisleu 2; 2 Chisleu = "his confidence" 1) the 9th month of the calendar corresponding to Nov-Dec
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
03789 kathab {kaw-thab'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 1053; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - write 210, describe 7, subscribe 4, recorded 1, write up 1; 223 1) ®Ñ¼g, ¬ö¿ý, µn°O 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ®Ñ¼g, ¨è, ÀJ¨è, ¼g«H, ¼g¦b...¤W­± 1a2) ¼g¤U¨Ó, ¥H¼g§@¨Ó±Ô­z 1a3) µù¥U, µn°O, ¬ö¿ý 1a4) ¹{¥¬ 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ³Q¼g 1b2) ³Q¼g¤U¨Ó, ³Q¬ö¿ý, ³Qµn°O 1c) (Piel) Ä~Äò¼g

03789 kathab {kaw-thab'} a primitive root; TWOT - 1053; v AV - write 210, describe 7, subscribe 4, recorded 1, write up 1; 223 1) to write, record, enrol 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to write, inscribe, engrave, write in, write on 1a2) to write down, describe in writing 1a3) to register, enrol, record 1a4) to decree 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to be written 1b2) to be written down, be recorded, be enrolled 1c) (Piel) to continue writing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
03791 kathab {kaw-thawb'} ·½¦Û 03789; TWOT - 1053a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - writing 14, register 2, scripture 1; 17 1) ¼g§@, ¤å¥ó, ¥¬§i 1a) µù¥U, µn°O, ¦W³æ 1b) ¼g§@©Î°O¿ý©Î¼g¦rªºª¬ºA 1c) ®Ñ«H, ¤å¥ó, ¼g§@ 1d) ¤@­Ó¼g¤U¨Óªºªk¥O 1d1) ¥Î©ó«ü°ê¤ýªºªk¥O 1d2) ¥Î©ó«ü¯«¸tªºÅv«Â

03791 kathab {kaw-thawb'} from 03789; TWOT - 1053a; n m AV - writing 14, register 2, scripture 1; 17 1) a writing, document, edict 1a) register, enrolment, roll 1b) mode of writing, character, letter 1c) letter, document, a writing 1d) a written edict 1d1) of royal enactment 1d2) of divine authority
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
04007 mabbat {mab-bawt'} ©Î mebbat {meb-bawt'} ·½¦Û 05027; TWOT - 1282a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - expectation 3; 3 1) ´Á«Ý, §Æ±æ©Î«H¥ô¤§¨Æª«

04007 mabbat {mab-bawt'} or mebbat {meb-bawt'} from 05027; TWOT - 1282a; n m AV - expectation 3; 3 1) expectation, object of hope or confidence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
04009 mibtach {mib-tawkh'} ·½¦Û 0982; TWOT - 233e; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - confidence 9, trust 4, sure 1, hope 1; 15 1) «H¾a, ¦Û«H, Á×Ãø©Ò 1a) ²`«H¤£ºÃªº¦æ¬° 1b) «H¤ßªº¹ï¶H 1c) ¦Û«H,¦w¥þªºª¬ºA

04009 mibtach {mib-tawkh'} from 0982; TWOT - 233e; n m AV - confidence 9, trust 4, sure 1, hope 1; 15 1) trust, confidence, refuge 1a) act of confiding 1b) object of confidence 1c) state of confidence, security
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
04271 Machceyah {makh-say-yaw'} ·½¦Û 04268 ©M 03050;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Maaseiah 2; 2 º¿¦è¶® = "­C©MµØ¬O«Ì»Ù" 1) ¤@¦ì²½¥q, ¥L¬O­C§Q¦ÌªºªB¤Í­Ý®Ñ°O¤Ú¿ýªº¯ª¥ý ( #­C32:12| ) 2) ¦èµÜ¶®ªº¯ª¥ý, ¦èµÜ¶®´¿±N­C§Q¦Ìªº®Ñ«H±a¦Ü¤Ú¤ñ­Û ( #­C51:59| )

04271 Machceyah {makh-say-yaw'} from 04268 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Maaseiah 2; 2 Maaseiah = "Jehovah is a shelter" 1) a priest and ancestor of Baruch, the friend and scribe of Jeremiah 2) ancestor of Seraiah who carried Jeremiah's book to Babylon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
04400 mal'akuwth {mal-ak-ooth'} »P04397¦P·½; TWOT - 1068c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - message 1; 1 1) «H®§ (#¸Ó 1:13|)

04400 mal'akuwth {mal-ak-ooth'} from the same as 04397; TWOT - 1068c; n f AV - message 1; 1 1) message
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
04401 Mal`akiy {mal-aw-kee'} »P04397¦P·½; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Malachi 1; 1 º¿©Ô°ò = "¯«ªº³ø«HªÌ" 1) ¼g¬ù¸t¸g³Ì«á¤@¨÷®Ñªº¥ýª¾; ¨ä¥L¤£¸Ô

04401 Mal`akiy {mal-aw-kee'} from the same as 04397;; n pr m AV - Malachi 1; 1 Malachi = "My messenger" 1) the prophet who wrote the last book of the Old Testament; nothing else is known
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
04827 mera` {may-rah'} ·½¦Û 07489; TWOT - 2186f; ¤Àµü AV - mischief 1; 1 1) (Hiphil) ­J¾x 2) (TWOT) ¥i«H¥ôªºªB¤Í

04827 mera` {may-rah'} from 07489; TWOT - 2186f; part AV - mischief 1; 1 1) (Hiphil) mischief 2) (TWOT) confidential friend
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
04864 mas'eth {mas-ayth'} ·½¦Û \\05375\\; TWOT - 1421h; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - burden 3, mess 3, collection 2, flame 2, gifts 1, oblations 1, reward 1, sign 1, lifting up 1; 15 1) °_¸q, µoªí¨¥½×, ­«¾á, ¤@¥÷(§ª«), ¥O¤H®¶¾Äªº 1a) ¤W¤É¤§ª«, °_¸q, ¥O¤H®¶¾Äªº, «H¸¹, ¤W¤Éªº 1b) µoªí¨¥½×, ¯«¿Ù 1c) ­«¾á 1d) ¤@¥÷(§ª«), §ª«, Ãا, §«~, °^Äm, °^Äm, °^ª«

04864 mas'eth {mas-ayth'} from \\05375\\; TWOT - 1421h; n f AV - burden 3, mess 3, collection 2, flame 2, gifts 1, oblations 1, reward 1, sign 1, lifting up 1; 15 1) uprising, utterance, burden, portion, uplifting 1a) that which rises, uprising, uplifting, signal, rising 1b) utterance, oracle 1c) burden 1d) portion, present, largesse, gift, contribution, offering, tribute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05037 Nabal {naw-bawl'} »P 05036 ¦P;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nabal 18, Nabhal 4; 22 ®³¤K(Nabhal ©Î Nabal) = "²Â³J, ·M¹x" 1) ¤@¦ì­{±K¤H, ¥L¹ï¤j½Ã½Ð¨DÀ°§Uªº¤f«H¸m­Y±¦»D¤£®h¤@ÅU, ¦bª¾¹D¥L ¥i¯à¾D·S±þ¨­¤§º×«á, ÅåÀ~¹L«×¦Ó¥h¥@; ¤j½Ã¬O¦]¨ä©d¨È¤ñ¸ÓªºÀµ¨D ¦Ó¥¼¹ï¥L¤U¬r¤â, ¨È¤ñ¸Ó¦b¨ä¦º«á¦¨¬°¤j½Ãªº©d¤l (#¼»¤W 25|)

05037 Nabal {naw-bawl'} the same as 05036;; n pr m AV - Nabal 18, Nabhal 4; 22 Nabhal or Nabal = "fool" 1) a man of Carmel who spurned David's messengers, then died of shock when he realised it might cause his death; his case was pleaded by his wife Abigail who became David's wife after his death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05203 natash {naw-tash'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 1357; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - forsake 15, leave 12, spread 3, spread abroad 1, drawn 1, fall 1, joined 1, lie 1, loosed 1, cast off 1, misc 3; 40 1) Â÷¶}, ¤¹³\, ­I±ó, ¸Ñ²æ, ³Q©ß±óªº..., ¾D¨ü, °Ñ¥[, ¦ù®i©Î®i¶}, ¨Ï¼eÃPªº, ²×¤î, ©ß±ó, »°¥X, ÃP´²ªºÄa±¾, ·´·À, ¬ðŧ, ÃP¦¢, ¨Ï..¶^­Ë, ©ñ±ó, ©Ô 1a) (Qal) 1a1) Â÷¶}, ©t³æ, ÃP¦¢, «H°Uµ¹.. 1a2) ­I±ó, ©ß±ó 1a3) ¤¹³\ 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ³Q¥á±óªº 1b2) ³Q©ñÃPªº, ¨Ï¼eÃPªº 1b3) ¨Ï¤§Â÷¶}, ÂX®i 1c) (Pual) ³Q¿ò±óªº, ³Q¥á±óªº

05203 natash {naw-tash'} a primitive root; TWOT - 1357; v AV - forsake 15, leave 12, spread 3, spread abroad 1, drawn 1, fall 1, joined 1, lie 1, loosed 1, cast off 1, misc 3; 40 1) to leave, permit, forsake, cast off or away, reject, suffer, join, spread out or abroad, be loosed, cease, abandon, quit, hang loose, cast down, make a raid, lie fallow, let fall, forgo, draw 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to leave, let alone, lie fallow, entrust to 1a2) to forsake, abandon 1a3) to permit 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to be forsaken 1b2) to be loosened, be loose 1b3) to be let go, spread abroad 1c) (Pual) to be abandoned, be deserted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05251 nec {nace} ·½¦Û 05264; TWOT - 1379a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - standard 7, ensign 6, pole 2, banner 2, sail 2, sign 1; 20 1) °ªÁ|¬Yª«, ¼Ð·Ç, «H¸¹, «H¸¹§ý, À²³¹, ºX¤l, °O¸¹, ¦| 1a) ¼Ð·Ç(¦A¶°¦XªºÂI¤W), «H¸¹ 1b) ¼Ð·Ç(§ý) 1c) À²³¹, «H¸¹

05251 nec {nace} from 05264; TWOT - 1379a; n m AV - standard 7, ensign 6, pole 2, banner 2, sail 2, sign 1; 20 1) something lifted up, standard, signal, signal pole, ensign, banner, sign, sail 1a) standard (as rallying point), signal 1b) standard (pole) 1c) ensign, signal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05264 nacac {naw-sas'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 1379; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - lifted up as an ensign 1; 1 1) ³Q°ªÁ|(·N¨ý¥b«H¥bºÃªº) 1a) (Hithpoel) ³Q°ªÁ|, ³Q®i¥Ü

05264 nacac {naw-sas'} a primitive root; TWOT - 1379; v AV - lifted up as an ensign 1; 1 1) to be lifted up (meaning dubious) 1a) (Hithpoel) to be lifted up, be displayed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05406 nisht@van {nish-tev-awn'} ¥i¯à·½©óªi´µ¤å; TWOT - 1439; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - letter 2; 2 1) «H¨ç

05406 nisht@van {nish-tev-awn'} probably of Persian origin; TWOT - 1439; n m AV - letter 2; 2 1) letter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05407 nisht@van (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {nish-tev-awn'} ¬Û·í©ó 05406; TWOT - 2878; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - letter 3; 3 1) «H¨ç

05407 nisht@van (Aramaic) {nish-tev-awn'} corresponding to 05406; TWOT - 2878; n m AV - letter 3; 3 1) letter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05437 cabab {saw-bab'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 1456; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - (stood, turned, etc...) about 54, compass 41, turn 34, turn away 4, remove 3, returned 2, round 2, side 2, turn aside 2, turn back 2, beset 2, driven 2, compass in 2, misc 8; 154 1) Âà°Ê, ±ÛÂà, Âà¦V, Âà¦^, ¾É¦V, ³ò¶, Àô¶, §ïÅܤè¦V 1a) (Qal) 1a1) Âà¦V, ³Q»¡ªA, §ïÅÜ 1a2) «e¶i¶¦æ, ¨B¦æÀô¶, ¶¦æ, Àô¶, ¶¡K¦Ó¹L, ¶°é¤l, ¨µ°j, ³ò¶ 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ¦Û¤v±ÛÂà, ¦b«Ê³¬ªº°é¤l¸Ì¶, §@¶ê§Îªº±ÛÂà 1b2) ³Q½Âà 1c) (Piel) ¶µÛ¬Y­ÓªF¦èÂà, §ïÅÜ, ÅÜ´« 1d) (Poel) 1d1) ³ò¶, Àô¶ 1d2) §ïÅܤè¦V, »E¶°¦¨¤@­Ó¶êª¬ 1d3) ¦æ­x¯ë¦aÁÚ¶i, ¥|³B¨«°Ê 1d4) «Ê¦í, «H«Ê 1e) (Hiphil) 1e1) ÂàÅs, ¨ÏÂàÅs, Âà¦^, °jÂà, ±a¹L¨Ó, Âà¶i¬Y³B, ¶µÛ°é¤l±a¹L¨Ó 1e2) ¨Ï¶µÛ°é¤lÂàÅsµo¥Í, ¨Ï¥]³ò, ¨Ï³ò¶ 1f) (Hophal) 1f1) ³QÂà 1f2) ³Q¥]³ò

05437 cabab {saw-bab'} a primitive root; TWOT - 1456; v AV - (stood, turned, etc...) about 54, compass 41, turn 34, turn away 4, remove 3, returned 2, round 2, side 2, turn aside 2, turn back 2, beset 2, driven 2, compass in 2, misc 8; 154 1) to turn, turn about or around or aside or back or towards, go about or around, surround, encircle, change direction 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to turn, turn about, be brought round, change 1a2) to march or walk around, go partly around, circle about, skirt, make a round, make a circuit, go about to, surround, encompass 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to turn oneself, close round, turn round 1b2) to be turned over to 1c) (Piel) to turn about, change, transform 1d) (Poel) 1d1) to encompass, surround 1d2) to come about, assemble round 1d3) to march, go about 1d4) to enclose, envelop 1e) (Hiphil) 1e1) to turn, cause to turn, turn back, reverse, bring over, turn into, bring round 1e2) to cause to go around, surround, encompass 1f) (Hophal) 1f1) to be turned 1f2) to be surrounded
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05612 cepher {say'-fer} ©Î (³±©Ê) ciphrah (#¸Ö 56:8|) {sif-raw'} ·½¦Û 05608; TWOT - 1540a,1540b ´Ü©w¥» - book 138, letter 29, evidence 8, bill 4, learning 2, register 1, learned + 03045 1, scroll 1; 184 ³±©Ê¦Wµü 1) ®Ñ¥U ¶§©Ê¦Wµü 2) ®Ñ«H, ¤å¥ó, µÛ§@, ®ÑÄy 2a) ®Ñ«H 2a1) (±Ð¾Éªº) ®Ñ«H, ¤½¤å, ©e¥ôª¬, ½ÐÄ@®Ñ, ¤â¿Ù 2b) ªk«ß¤å¥ó, Â÷±BÃÒ®Ñ, ÁʶR«´¾Ú, °_¶D®Ñ, °O¸¹ 2c) ®Ñ¥U, ¨÷¶b 2c1) ¥ýª¾®Ñ 2c2) ®aÃÐ 2c3) «ßªk®Ñ 2c4) ¸Ö¶° 2c5) ¦C¤ý¬ö 2c6) ¥¿¨å, ¸t¸g 2c7) (¤W«Òªº) °O¸ü 2d) Ū®Ñ, ¼g§@ 2d1) (©ñ¦b°Êµü¡u¤F¸Ñ¡v«á­±) ¯à¾\Ū

05612 cepher {say'-fer} or (fem.) ciphrah (Ps 56:8 [9]) {sif-raw'} from 05608; TWOT - 1540a,1540b AV - book 138, letter 29, evidence 8, bill 4, learning 2, register 1, learned + 03045 1, scroll 1; 184 n f 1) book n m 2) missive, document, writing, book 2a) missive 2a1) letter (of instruction), written order, commission, request, written decree 2b) legal document, certificate of divorce, deed of purchase, indictment, sign 2c) book, scroll 2c1) book of prophecies 2c2) genealogical register 2c3) law-book 2c4) book (of poems) 2c5) book (of kings) 2c6) books of the canon, scripture 2c7) record book (of God) 2d) book-learning, writing 2d1) be able to read (after verb 'to know')
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05667 `abowt {ab-ote'} ©Î `abot {ab-ote'} ·½¦Û 05670; TWOT - 1555a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - pledge 4; 4 1) «Hª«, §@¬°¾á«OªºªF¦è, §@¬°©è©ã¾ÌÃÒªºª««~

05667 `abowt {ab-ote'} or `abot {ab-ote'} from 05670; TWOT - 1555a; n m AV - pledge 4; 4 1) pledge, a thing given as security, article pledged as security for debt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05803 `Azgad {az-gawd'} ·½¦Û 05794 ©M 01409;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Azgad 4; 4 ©ã¥Ò = "¯«¬O¤j¯à" 1) ©M©Òù¤Ú§B¤@¦P¦^Âkªº¤@­Ó¥­«H®{®a±Úªº¯ª¥ý 2) ¤@¦ì¦b©M¥§§Æ¦Ì©Ò­qªº¤½¬ù¤Wñ¦Wªº¤H (#¥§ 10:15|)

05803 `Azgad {az-gawd'} from 05794 and 01409;; n pr m AV - Azgad 4; 4 Azgad = "Gad is mighty" 1) ancestor of a family of laymen who returned from exile with Zerubbabel 2) a man who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05819 `Aziyza' {az-ee-zaw'} ·½¦Û 05756;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Aziza 1; 1 ¨È¦è¼» = "±j§§" 1) ¥H´µ©Ô®É¥N¥­«H®{ÂĤg®a±Úªº¤@­û, ¥L´¿°ù¤F¤@¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d (#©Ô 10:27|)

05819 `Aziyza' {az-ee-zaw'} from 05756;; n pr m AV - Aziza 1; 1 Aziza = "strong" 1) a layman of the family of Zattu who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05831 `Ezra' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ez-raw'} ¬Û·í©ó 05830;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ezra 3; 3 ¥H´µ©Ô = "§U¯q" 1) ¦b­C¸ô¼»§N±a»â¦^Âkªº¤H«H¥õ­«¾ãªº²½¥q©M®Ñ°O; ¥§§Æ¦Ìªº¦P¤u

05831 `Ezra' (Aramaic) {ez-raw'} corresponding to 05830;; n pr m AV - Ezra 3; 3 Ezra = "help" 1) the priest and scribe who led the reforms of the returned exiles in Jerusalem; co-worker with Nehemiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05988 `Ammiy'el {am-mee-ale'} ·½¦Û 05971 ©M 0410;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ammiel 6; 6 ¨È¦Ì§Q = "¯«¬O§Úªº¿ËÄÝ" 1) ¥Ñ¦ý¤ä¬£¿ï¥X¥h¬d±´À³³\¤§¦aªº±´¤l, ¦]¨ä¦^³ø¥´À»¤}¥Á²³¹ï¯«ªº«H¤ß¦Ó¾D½E¬Ì ¼ÉÀÅ (#¥Á 13:12|) 2) ù©³¤Úªºº¿¦Nªº¤÷¿Ë (#¼»¤U 9:4-5;17:27|) 3) ©Þ¥Ü¤Ú(#¥N¤W 3:5|Ķ§@ ©Þ®Ñ¨È)ªº¤÷¿Ë; ¤SºÙ§@ "¥H³s" [0463] 4) «X§O¥HªFªº²Ä¤»­Ó¨à¤l, ­t³d¬Ý¦u¸t·µªºªù (#¥N¤W 26:5|)

05988 `Ammiy'el {am-mee-ale'} from 05971 and 0410;; n pr m AV - Ammiel 6; 6 Ammiel = "my kinsman is God" 1) the spy from the tribe of Dan who perished in the plague for his evil report 2) father of Machir of Lo-debar 3) father of Bathsheba; also 'Eliam' 4) the 6th son of Obed-edom and doorkeeper of the temple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
06121 `aqob {aw-kobe'} ·½¦Û 06117; TWOT - 1676c; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - crooked 1, deceitful 1, polluted 1; 3 1) µê°²ªº, ¬¾·âªº, ³±ÀIªº 1a) µê°²ªº, ¬¾·âªº, ³±ÀIªº, ¤£¯à«H¿àªº 1b) ¬¾·âªº 2) ¸Ø¤jªº, ÀI®mªº

06121 `aqob {aw-kobe'} from 06117; TWOT - 1676c; adj AV - crooked 1, deceitful 1, polluted 1; 3 1) deceitful, sly, insidious 1a) deceitful, sly, insidious, slippery 1b) foot-tracked 2) steep, hilly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
06148 `arab {aw-rab'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 1686; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - surety 9, meddle 2, mingled 2, pledges 2, becometh 1, engaged 1, intermeddle 1, mortgaged 1, occupiers 1, occupy 1, undertake 1; 22 1) «OÃÒ, ¥æ´«, »}¬ù, ¤¹¿Õ, ¨ú±o©Ò¦³Åv, ¬°...¾á«O, ¤©¥H¾á«O, ¬O½T¹ê, ©Ó¾á«OÃÒ, »}¨¥ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ©Ó¾á«OÃÒ, ¬°...¾á«O 1a2) »}¬ù 1a3) ¥æ´« 1a4) «OÃÒ 1b) (Hithpael) 1b1) ¥æ´««Hª« 1b2) »P...¤Í¦n, ¤À¨É

06148 `arab {aw-rab'} a primitive root; TWOT - 1686; v AV - surety 9, meddle 2, mingled 2, pledges 2, becometh 1, engaged 1, intermeddle 1, mortgaged 1, occupiers 1, occupy 1, undertake 1; 22 1) to pledge, exchange, mortgage, engage, occupy, undertake for, give pledges, be or become surety, take on pledge, give in pledge 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to take on pledge, go surety for 1a2) to give in pledge 1a3) to exchange 1a4) to pledge 1b) (Hithpael) 1b1) to exchange pledges 1b2) to have fellowship with, share
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
06409 Paltiy'el {pal-tee-ale'} »P 06404 ©M 0410 ¦P·½;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Paltiel 1, Phaltiel 1; 2 ©¬ÅK (Paltiel ©Î Phaltiel) = "¯««H¹ê" 1) ¥HÂÄ­{¤ä¬£­º»âªü´²ªº¨à¤l, ¥L¬O¬O¤Q¤G­Ó³Q¿ï¥X¨Ó¤À°t­{«n¦aªº¤H¤§¤@ (#¥Á 34:26|) 2) ­{µY¤H©Ô»õªº¨à¤l, ¦b±½Ã¹¤ý¹ï¤j½Ã¤ß¥Í¶ú§ª, ¹G¨«¦Ó¥B³q½r¤j½Ã«á, ±½Ã¹¤ý§â©Ò³\µ¹ ¤j½Ãªº¤k¨à¦Ì¥Ò³\°tµ¹¥L (#¼»¤U 3:15|)

06409 Paltiy'el {pal-tee-ale'} from the same as 06404 and 0410;; n pr m AV - Paltiel 1, Phaltiel 1; 2 Paltiel or Phaltiel = "God delivers" 1) son of Azzan and prince of the tribe of Issachar appointed as one of the 12 to apportion the land of Canaan 2) son of Laish of Gallim to whom Saul gave Michal in marriage after his mad jealousy had driven David forth as an outlaw
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
07321 ruwa` {roo-ah'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 2135; °Êµü AV - shout 23, noise 7, ..alarm 4, cry 4, triumph 3, smart 1, misc 4; 46 1) ³Û¥s, µo¥XÅTÁn, ©I¸¹, §j¥XÁn 1a) (Hiphil) 1a1) ¥´¥M®É¦[³Ü©Îµo¥Xĵ³ø 1a2) µo¥X«e¶i©Î«Å¾Ô«H¸¹ 1a3) (¦]³Ó¹L¼Ä¤H¦Ó) ±o·N¦a©I³Û 1a4) ³Üªö 1a5) (µo½Ñ©v±Ð±¡Ãh) ³Û¥s 1a6) ´d»ï 1b) (Polal) ¥s¥X¨Ó 1c) (Hithpolel) 1c1) ±o·N¬v¬v¦a¤j¥s 1c2) Åw©I 2) (Niphal) ¾D·´Ãa

07321 ruwa` {roo-ah'} a primitive root; TWOT - 2135; v AV - shout 23, noise 7, ..alarm 4, cry 4, triumph 3, smart 1, misc 4; 46 1) to shout, raise a sound, cry out, give a blast 1a) (Hiphil) 1a1) to shout a war-cry or alarm of battle 1a2) to sound a signal for war or march 1a3) to shout in triumph (over enemies) 1a4) to shout in applause 1a5) to shout (with religious impulse) 1a6) to cry out in distress 1b) (Polal) to utter a shout 1c) (Hithpolel) 1c1) to shout in triumph 1c2) to shout for joy 2) (Niphal) destroyed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
07343 Rachab {raw-khawb'} »P 07342 ¦P; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Rahab 5; 5 ³â¦X = "¼eÁ諸" 1) À°§U±K±´°k²æªº¨º¦ì­C§Q­ôªº§²¤k; ¦b­C§Q­ô«°³Q·´®É»X¬@±Ï(#®Ñ 6:25|); ¶ùµ¹¼»ªù(#¤Ó 1:5|), ¤j½Ã¤Î°ò·þªº¯ª¥ý; ¦b¶®¦U®Ñ¤¤¥H¦oªº«H¤ß³QÆg½à(#¶® 2:25|)

07343 Rachab {raw-khawb'} the same as 07342;; n pr f AV - Rahab 5; 5 Rahab = "wide" 1) a harlot of Jericho who aided the spies to escape; saved from the destruction of Jericho; married Salmon, an ancestor of David and of Christ; commended for her faith in the book of James
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
07365 r@chats (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {rekh-ats'} ¬Û·í©ó 07364 [¥i¯à¥Ñ¹ï¨N¯D®ÉªA¨Íªº¹²¤HªºÃö«Y©Òªþ±a¤Þ¦ù¥Xªº·N¸q]; TWOT - 2996; °Êµü AV - trust 1; 1 1) «H¥ô 1a) (Hithp'il) ¬Û«H¨Ì¾a

07365 r@chats (Aramaic) {rekh-ats'} corresponding to 07364 [probably through the accessory idea of ministering as a servant at the bath]; TWOT - 2996; v AV - trust 1; 1 1) to trust 1a) (Hithp'il) to set one's trust on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
07728 showbeb {sho-babe'} ·½¦Û 07725; TWOT - 2340d; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - backsliding 2; 2 1) ­I±óªº, ©ñ±ó«H¥õªº, ¼Z¸¨ªº

07728 showbeb {sho-babe'} from 07725; TWOT - 2340d; adj AV - backsliding 2; 2 1) backturning, apostate, backsliding
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
07881 siychah {see-khaw'} ·½¦Û 07879; TWOT - 2255b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - meditation 2, prayer 1; 3 1) ¨I«ä, ¤ÏÀ³, ¬èë, ¾K¤ß¿w«H, ¥Ó¶D, ­ß·Q 1a) ¥Ó¶D 1b) ¨I«ä, ¬ã¨s (¬Y¨Æ)

07881 siychah {see-khaw'} from 07879; TWOT - 2255b; n f AV - meditation 2, prayer 1; 3 1) meditation, reflection, prayer, devotion, complaint, musing 1a) complaint 1b) musing, study (of object)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08018 Shelemyah {shel-em-yaw'} ©Î Shelemyahuw {shel-em-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 08002 ©M 03050;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Shelemiah 10; 10 ¥Ü§Q¦Ì¶® = "³Q­C©MµØ©ÒÀvÁÙªº" 1) ¤Ú¥§ªº¨à¤l, ¥H´µ©Ô®É¥Nªº¤H, ¥L¥ð¤F°ù¬°©dªº¥~¨¹¤k¤l (#©Ô 10:39|) 2) ¥t¤@¦ì¤Ú¥§ªº¨à¤l, ¦P¼Ë¦a°ù¤F¤@¦ì¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d, ¦b¥H´µ©Ô®É¥L±N³o ¥~¨¹¤k¤l©d¤l¥ð¤F (#©Ô 10:41|) 3) «¢®³¥§¶®ªº¤÷¿Ë, «¢®³¥§¶®¦b¥§§Æ¦Ì®É´¿°Ñ»P­««Ø­C¸ô¼»§N«°À𪺤u§@ (#¥§ 3:30|) 4) ¥§§Æ¦Ì®É­t³dºÞ²z®w©Ðªº¤@¦ì²½¥q (#¥§ 13:13|) 5) ¦è©³®a¤ý®É¤@¦ìºÙ¬°­C¤á¥d©ÎµS¥Òªº¤Hªº¤÷¿Ë (#­C 36:26|) 6) ¤j½Ã¤ý®É©âÅÒ©â¨ì­t³d¦u¸t·µªFªùªº¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H (#¥N¤W 26:14|) 6a) ¥ç§@ '¦Ì¬I§Q¦Ì¶®' ©M '¨FÀs' (?) 7) ¥§±´¨Èªº¤÷¿Ë, µS©³ªº¯ª¤÷, µS©³¬O³Q¬£¥h¶Ç«Hµ¹­C§Q¦Ìªº¤å¤h¤Ú¿ýªº¤H (#­C 36:14|) 8) ¨È§BÅ|ªº¨à¤l, ¥L¬O³QµS¤j¤ý¬ù¶®·q¬£¥h¶e®·¥ýª¾­C§Q¦Ì©M¥Lªº¤å¤h¤Ú¿ýªº ¤H¤§¤@ (#­C 37:3|) 9) ¥ì§Q¶®ªº¤÷¿Ë, ¥ì§Q¶®¬O¶e¦í­C§Q¦Ìªº¦uªù©x (#­C 37:13|)

08018 Shelemyah {shel-em-yaw'} or Shelemyahuw {shel-em-yaw'-hoo} from 08002 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Shelemiah 10; 10 Shelemiah = "repaid by Jehovah" 1) a son of Bani who put away his foreign wife in the time of Ezra 2) another son of Bani who put away his foreign wife in the time of Ezra 3) father of Hananiah who repaired part of the wall of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah 4) a priest in the time of Nehemiah in charge of the treasury 5) father of Jehucal or Jucal in the time of Zedekiah 6) Levite upon whom the lot for the East Gate fell; in the time of David 6a) also 'Meshelemiah' and 'Shallum' 7) father of Nethaniah and grandfather of Jehudi, who was the messenger sent to Baruch the scribe of Jeremiah 8) son of Abdeel and one the men commanded by king Jehoiakim of Judah to seize the prophet Jeremiah and his scribe Baruch 9) father of Irijah, the captain of the guard who arrested Jeremiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08052 sh@muw`ah {sehm-oo-aw'} 08074ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü; TWOT - 2412d; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - rumour 9, tidings 8, report 4, fame 2, bruit 1, doctrine 1, mentioned 1, news 1; 27 1) ³ø§i, ®ø®§, ­·Án 1a) ³ø§i, ®ø®§, ­µ«H 1b) ´£­z

08052 sh@muw`ah {sehm-oo-aw'} pass part of 08074; TWOT - 2412d; n f AV - rumour 9, tidings 8, report 4, fame 2, bruit 1, doctrine 1, mentioned 1, news 1; 27 1) report, news, rumour 1a) report, news, tidings 1b) mention
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08098 Sh@ma`yah {shem-aw-yaw'} ©Î Sh@ma`yahuw {shem-aw-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 08085 ©M 03050;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Shemaiah 41; 41 ¥Üº¿¶® = "³Q­C©MµØÅ¥¨£" 1) µS¤j¤ýùªi¦w®Éªº¤@¦ì«ÅÁ¿¯«ªº¸Üªº¤H (#¤ý¤W 12:22;¥N¤U 11:2|) 2) ¤@¦ì¥§§ÆÄõ¤H, ­C§Q¦Ì®É¥Nªº¤@¦ì°²¥ýª¾ (#­C 29:31|) 3) ²ÄµÜ¶®ªº¤÷¿Ë, ­C§Q¦Ì®É¥Nªº¤@¦ìµS¤j°êªº¤ý¤½¶Q¤H (#­C 36:12|) 4) ¤@¦ì°ò¦C­CµY¤H, ¯Q§Q¨Èªº¤÷¿Ë, ¯Q§Q¨È¬O­C§Q¦Ì®É¥NÄݯ«ªº¤@¦ì¥ýª¾ (#­C 26:20|) 5) µS¤j¤H, ¥Ü­{¥§ªº¨à¤l, «¢¬ðªº¤÷¿Ë, ©Òù¤Ú§Bªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 3:22|) 6) ¤@¦ì¦è½q¤ä¬£ªº¤H, ¥Ó§Qªº¤÷¿Ë (#¥N¤W 4:37|) 7) ¤@¦ì§Q¥Ò¤H, ¬ùÒ­ªº¨à¤l, ºq­²ªº¤÷¿Ë (#¥N¤W 5:4|) 8) §Q¥¼¤H¦Ì©Ô§Qªº¤l®], «¢­zªº¨à¤l, ­C§Q¦Ì®É¥Nªº¤H (#¥N¤W 9:14;¥§ 11:15|) 9) ¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H, ­{©Ôªº¨à¤l, «X¤Ú©³ªº¤÷¿Ë (#¥N¤W 9:16|) 10) ¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H, ¤j½Ã¤ý®É¥N¥L¬O¥H§Q¼»¤Ï¤l®]®a±Úªº±Úªø, ¥L°Ñ»P¤F¹B°e¬ùÂd ªº¥ô°È (#¥N¤W 15:8|) 11) ¤j½Ã¤ý®É¤@¦ì§@®Ñ°Oªº§Q¥¼¤H, ®³©Z·~ªº¨à¤l(#¥N¤W 24:6|) 12) §Q¥¼¤H«X§O¥HªFªºªø¤l, ¤j½Ã¤ý®É¥Nªº¤H (#¥N¤W 26:4|) 13) ¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H, µS¤j¤ý§Æ¦è®a®ÉªººqªÌ, ­C§ù¹yªº¤l®] (#¥N¤U29:14|) 14) ¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H, ¥L¬O´À¥H´µ©Ô±a¸Üµ¹©ö¦hªº«H¨Ï¤§¤@ (#©Ô 8:16|) 15) µS¤j¤ý¬ù¨Fªk®Éªº¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H (#¥N¤U 17:8|) 16) µS¤j¤ý¦è§Æ®aªº¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H, ¥L¬O­t³d±N¼Ö·NÄmµ¹¯«ªºÂ§ª«¤Àµoµ¹¦U¦a§Q¥¼ ¤Hªº¤H¤§¤@ (#¥N¤U 31:15|) 17) µS¤j¤ý¬ù¦è¨È®Éªº¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H (#¥N¤U 35:9|) 18) ©M¥H´µ©Ô¤@¦P¥Ñ³Q¾Û¤§¦aÂk¦^ªº±Úªø¤§¤@ (#©Ô 8:13|) 19) «¢µYªº¤l®], ¥H´µ©Ô®É¬°²½¥q, ¥L´¿°ù¤@¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d (#©Ô 10:21|) 20) ¥H´µ©Ô®É¥Nªº¤@¦ì¥H¦â¦C¤H, «¢µYªº¤l®], ¥L´¿°ù¤@¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d (#©Ô 10:31|) 21) ²Ä¨Ó¶®ªº¨à¤l, ¦Ì§Æ¤j§Oªº®]¤l, ¨ü¸ì©ó¦h¤ñ¶®©M°Ñ¤Ú©Ô¥h»~¾É¥§§Æ¦Ì (#¥§ 6:10|) 22) ¦b»P¥§§Æ¦Ì­qªº¤½¬ù¤Wñ¦Wªº²½¥q¤§¤@, ¥L¤]°Ñ»P¤F·qÄm­««Øªº­C¸ô¼»§N«° À𪺨å§ (#¥§ 10: 8|) 23) »P©Òù¤Ú§B¥Ñ³Q¾Û¤§¦a¤@°_Âk¦^ªº²½¥q¤§¤@ (#¥§ 12:6|) 24) ¥§§Æ¦Ì®É¥N°Ñ»P·qÄm­««Øªº­C¸ô¼»§N«°À𪺥Áªº­º»â¤§¤@ (#¥§ 12:34|) 25) ¼»­{§Q¨Èªº¯ª¤÷, ¼»­{§Q¨È¬O¥§§Æ¦Ì®É¥Nªº¤H, ¥L°Ñ»P¤F·qÄm­««Øªº­C¸ô¼» §N«°À𪺨å§ (#¥§ 12:35|) 26) ¥§§Æ¦Ì®É¥Nªº¤H, ¬O¥t¤@¦ì©M 25) ¤@°_°Ñ»P·qÄm­C¸ô¼»§N«°À𪺲½¥q (#¥§ 12:36,41| ?)

08098 Sh@ma`yah {shem-aw-yaw'} or Sh@ma`yahuw {shem-aw-yaw'-hoo} from 08085 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Shemaiah 41; 41 Shemaiah = "heard by Jehovah" 1) a prophet of the Lord in the reign of king Rehoboam of Judah 2) the Nehelamite, a false prophet in the time of the prophet Jeremiah 3) father of Delaiah, one of the princes of Judah in the time of the prophet Jeremiah 4) an inhabitant of Kirjathjearim and father of Urijah, a prophet of the Lord in the time of the prophet Jeremiah 5) a Judaite, son of Shechaniah, father of Hattush, and descendant of Zerubbabel 6) a Simeonite, father of Shimri 7) a Reubenite, son of Joel and father of Gog 8) a Merarite Levite, son of Hasshub in the time of Nehemiah 9) a Levite, son of Galal and father of Obadiah 10) a Levite and head of the family of the sons of Elizaphan who were commissioned to bring the ark to Jerusalem in the time of David 11) a Levite and scribe, son of Nethaneel in the time of David 12) a Levite, 1st son of Obed-Edom in the time of David 13) a Levite, descendant of Jeduthun the singer in the time of king Hezekiah of Judah 14) a Levite, one of the messengers of Ezra to Iddo 15) a Levite in the time of king Jehoshaphat of Judah 16) a Levite, one of several in charge of distributing the free will offerings brought to God to their Levite brethren in the time of king Hezekiah of Judah 17) a Levite in the time of king Josiah of Judah 18) head of a family of exiles who returned with Ezra 19) a priest, of the sons of Harim who had a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 20) an Israelite of the sons of Harim who had a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 21) son of Delaiah, grandson of Mehetabeel, and a false prophet hired by Tobiah and Sanballat to give false guidance to Nehemiah 22) a priest who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah and participated in the dedication of the wall 23) a priest who returned from exile with Zerubbabel 24) a leader of the people at the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah 25) grandfather of the priest Zechariah who participated in the dedication of the wall in the time of Nehemiah 26) another of the priests who along with 25 took part in the dedication of the wall in the time of Nehemiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08104 shamar {shaw-mar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 2414; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - keep 283, observe 46, heed 35, keeper 28, preserve 21, beware 9, mark 8, watchman 8, wait 7, watch 7, regard 5, save 2, misc 9; 468 1) «O¦u, ¬Ý¦u, ¿í¦u, ª`·N 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ºÞ²z, ­t³d 1a2) «O¦u, ¦uÅ@, ¬Ý¦u©M¨¾¿m, «O½Ã, ±Ï©R 1a2a) ¬Ý¦u, ¦u±æªÌ (¤Àµü) 1a3) ¦ø¾÷, µ¥«Ý 1a4) Æ[¬Ý, Æ[¹î 1a5) «O¯d, «O«ù, ¬ÃÂà (¦b°O¾Ð¤¤) 1a6) ¨î¤î (¦b½dÃ¥¤º), ­­¨î 1a7) ¿í¦u, ¼y¶P, «ù¦u (¦w®§¤é©Î¸t¬ù©Î»|©R), ¼i¦æ (©Ó¿Õ) 1a8) «O¯d, «O¦s, «OÅ@ 1a9) «O¯d, ¦¬Âà 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ¨¾³Æ, ¯d¤ßª`·N, ¤p¤ß, ·í¤ß 1b2) ¸T¤î, ¸`¨î, ¸T§Ù (#¼»¤W 21:5|) 1b3) ³Q«O¦u, ³Q«OÅ@ 1c) (Piel) «H©^ (#®³ 2:9|) 1d) (Hithpael) «O¦u¦Û¤v§K©ó....

08104 shamar {shaw-mar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 2414; v AV - keep 283, observe 46, heed 35, keeper 28, preserve 21, beware 9, mark 8, watchman 8, wait 7, watch 7, regard 5, save 2, misc 9; 468 1) to keep, guard, observe, give heed 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to keep, have charge of 1a2) to keep, guard, keep watch and ward, protect, save life 1a2a) watch, watchman (participle) 1a3) to watch for, wait for 1a4) to watch, observe 1a5) to keep, retain, treasure up (in memory) 1a6) to keep (within bounds), restrain 1a7) to observe, celebrate, keep (sabbath or covenant or commands), perform (vow) 1a8) to keep, preserve, protect 1a9) to keep, reserve 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to be on one's guard, take heed, take care, beware 1b2) to keep oneself, refrain, abstain 1b3) to be kept, be guarded 1c) (Piel) to keep, pay heed 1d) (Hithpael) to keep oneself from
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08172 sha`an {shaw-an'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 2434; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - lean 9, stay 5, rely 4, rest 3, lieth 1; 22 1) ­Ê¾a, «H¾a, ¤ä«ù 1a) (Niphal) ­Ê, ­Ê¾a, À°§U¦Û¤v 1a1) «H¾a¯«ªº (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

08172 sha`an {shaw-an'} a primitive root; TWOT - 2434; v AV - lean 9, stay 5, rely 4, rest 3, lieth 1; 22 1) to lean on, trust in, support 1a) (Niphal) to lean, lean upon, support oneself 1a1) of trust in God (fig)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08304 S@rayah {ser-aw-yaw'} ©Î S@rayahuw {ser-aw-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 08280 ©M 03050; ´Ü©w¥» - Seraiah 20; 20 ¦èµÜ¶® = "­C©MµØ¬O²ÎªvªÌ" ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº®Ñ°O©Î¯µ®Ñ (#¼»¤U 8:17|) 2) ¨È¼»§Q¶®ªº¨à¤l, ¬ùÂĵªªº¤÷¿Ë, ¦b¦è©³®a§@µS¤j¤ý, ­C¸ô¼»§N³Q§ð³´ ®É§@¤j²½¥q (#¥N¤W 6:14;¤ý¤U 25:18|) 3) ¥§ªûªk¤H³æ¤á½°ªº¨à¤l, ¥L¬O¥h¨£¥§¥¬¥Ò¥§¼»¤ý©Ò¥HªºµS¤j¦a²ÎªvªÌ °ò¤j§Q¨Ã«Å»}ªA¨Æ¤Ú¤ñ­Ûªº¤H¤§¤@ (#¤ý¤U 25:23|) 4) µS¤j¤H°ò¯Ç´µªº¨à¤l, «Xªû¿ªº¥S§Ì, ¬ù©ãªº¤÷¿Ë (#¥N¤W 4:13-14|) 5) ¤@¦ì¦è½q¤H, ¬ù¥Ü¤ñªº¤÷¿Ë, ­C¤áªº¯ª¤÷ (#¥N¤W 4:35|) 6) ¤@¦ì»P©Òù¤Ú§B¤@¦PÂ÷¶}¤Ú¤ñ­Û¬Ù, ¥Ñ³Q¾Û¤§¦aÂk¦^ªº¤H (#©Ô 2:2|) 6a) ¤]³\»P 10) ¦P 7) §@²½¥q©M¤å¤hªº¥H´µ©Ôªº¤÷¿Ë, ¨È¼»§Q¶®ªº¨à¤l (#©Ô 7:1|) 8) ¦b»P¥§§Æ¦Ìªº¤½¬ù¤Wñ¦Wªº²½¥q¤§¤@ (#¥§ 10:2 |) 9) ¥§§Æ¦Ì®É¥Nªº¤@¦ì²½¥q, §Æ°Ç®aªº¨à¤l (#¥§ 11:11|) 10) ÀH©Òù¤Ú§B¦^Âkªº¤@¦ì²½¥q©Î§Q¥¼¤H (#¥§ 12:1|) 10a) ¥i¯à¬O¤@¦ì²½¥q©M³Q¾Û«á¤@²½¥q®a±Úªº±Úªø, ¤]³\©M 6) ¬O¦P¤@¤H (#¥§ 12:12|) 11) ¥§§Q¨È(?)ªº¨à¤l, ¥L¨ü¥ýª¾­C§Q¦Ì©Ò°U, ±aµÛ­C§Q¦Ì©Ò¼gªº®Ñ«H¥h¤Ú¤ñ­Û (#­C 51:59,61|) 12) ¨È¦C´µªº¨à¤l, ¥L¬O©^µS¤j¤ý¬ù¶®·q¤§©R¥h¶e®·­C§Q¦Ì©M¤Ú¿ýªº¤T­Ó¤H¤§¤@ (#­C 36:26|)

08304 S@rayah {ser-aw-yaw'} or S@rayahuw {ser-aw-yaw'-hoo} from 08280 and 03050; AV - Seraiah 20; 20 Seraiah = "Jehovah is ruler" n pr m 1) the scribe or secretary of David 2) son of Azariah, father of Jehozadak, and the chief priest in the reign of king Zedekiah of Judah and at the time of the capture of Jerusalem 3) son of Tanhumeth the Netophathite and one of the men who went to Gedaliah, the governor over Judah appointed by Nebuchadnezzar, and gave their oath to serve the king of Babylon 4) a Judaite, son of Kenaz, brother of Othniel, and father of Joab 5) a Simeonite, father of Josibiah and grandfather of Jehu 6) a people of the province who returned from exile with Zerubbabel 6a) maybe the same as 10 7) son of Azariah and father of Ezra the priest and scribe 8) a priest who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah 9) a priest, son of Hilkiah in the time of Nehemiah 10) a priest or Levite who returned from exile with Zerubbabel 10a) probably a priest and the head of a family of priests after the exile. Maybe same as 6 11) son of Meraiah and messenger sent by the prophet Jeremiah to Babylon with a book of his writings 12) son of Azriel and one of the 3 men commanded by king Jehoiakim of Judah to seize Jeremiah and Baruch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08319 sharaq {shaw-rak'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 2468; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - hiss 12; 12 1) µo¼NÁn, §j¤f­ï, ¦yÁn»¡¸Ü 1a) (Qal)µo¼NÁn (·í§@¤@ºØ«H¸¹)

08319 sharaq {shaw-rak'} a primitive root; TWOT - 2468; v AV - hiss 12; 12 1) to hiss, whistle, pipe 1a) (Qal) to hiss (as a signal)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08388 ta'ar {taw-ar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 2491,2491b; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - draw 5, mark out 2; 7 1) (Qal) ³Qµe, ¶É±×, µe...ªº½ü¹ø, ©µ¦ù 1a) ·N¬°¥b«H¥bºÃªº 2) (Piel) µe½ü¹ø, ¤Ä¥X...ªº½ü¹ø

08388 ta'ar {taw-ar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 2491,2491b; v AV - draw 5, mark out 2; 7 1) (Qal) to be drawn, incline, delineate, extend 1a) meaning dubious 2) (Piel) to draw in outline, trace out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08643 t@ruw`ah {ter-oo-aw'} ·½¦Û 07321; TWOT - 2135b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - shout 11, shouting 8, alarm 6, sound 3, blowing 2, joy 2, misc 4; 36 1) ĵ³ø, «H¸¹, ¼É­·«BÁn, ©I¥s, ¦]¬°¾Ôª§, ĵ³ø, ©Î³ß¼Ö¦Ó³Û¥s©Î(¬ðµM)§j«µ 1a) ¾Ôª§Äµ³ø, ¾Ôª§¤¤ªº¥s³Û, ¾Ô§Ð¤¤ªº¥s³Û 1b) ¬ðµM§j«µ(¦æ­x¥Î) 1c) ³ß¼Öªº©I³Û(¦b©v±Ð¤W¤@¤Qªº©ÀÀY) 1d) ³ß¼Öªº©I³Û(¤@¯ë¦Ó¨¥)

08643 t@ruw`ah {ter-oo-aw'} from 07321; TWOT - 2135b; n f AV - shout 11, shouting 8, alarm 6, sound 3, blowing 2, joy 2, misc 4; 36 1) alarm, signal, sound of tempest, shout, shout or blast of war or alarm or joy 1a) alarm of war, war-cry, battle-cry 1b) blast (for march) 1c) shout of joy (with religious impulse) 1d) shout of joy (in general)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
29 aggareuo {ang-ar-yew'-o} of foreign origin, cf 0104;; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - compel to go 3; 3 1)¨Ï¥Î°e§Ö«Hªº,¬£»º¦w¦b°¨¤Wªº«H®t, ±j­¢ªA³Ò§Ð, ±j­¢¨« ¦bªi´µ,¦w¦b°¨¤Wªº«H®t³Q¤@¤@¦w¸m¦bªi´µ©T©w¶ZÂ÷¡A¬°¶Ç°e¬Ó«Çªº°T®§.

29 aggareuo {ang-ar-yew'-o} of foreign origin, cf 0104;; v AV - compel to go 3; 3 1) to employ a courier, dispatch a mounted messenger, press into public service, compel to go In Persia, mounted couriers were kept at regular intervals throughout Persia for carrying the royal dispatches.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
31 aggelia {ang-el-ee'-ah} from 32; TDNT - 1:56,10; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - message 1; 1 1)«H®§,³q§i, ®ø®§ 2)¤½§G, «ü¥O,©R¥O

31 aggelia {ang-el-ee'-ah} from 32; TDNT - 1:56,10; n f AV - message 1; 1 1) message, announcement, news 2) a proclamation, command, order
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
32 aggelos {ang'-el-os} from aggello [probably derived from 71, cf 34] (to bring tidings); TDNT - 1:74,12; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - angel 179, messenger 7; 186 1)«H®t,¯S¨Ï ,°e«HªÌ,¤Ñ¨Ï, ¯«ªº¨ÏªÌ

32 aggelos {ang'-el-os} from aggello [probably derived from 71, cf 34] (to bring tidings); TDNT - 1:74,12; n m AV - angel 179, messenger 7; 186 1) a messenger, envoy, one who is sent, an angel, a messenger from God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
79 adelphe {ad-el-fay'} ·½©ó 80; TDNT - 1:144,22; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sister 24; 24 1) ©j©j©f©f­Ì 2) ¦]°ò·þ«H¥õ¦Óºò±K¬Û³sªº¤H

79 adelphe {ad-el-fay'} from 80; TDNT - 1:144,22; n f AV - sister 24; 24 1) a full, own sister 2) one connected by the tie of the Christian religion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
139 hairesis {hah'-ee-res-is} ·½©ó 138; TDNT - 1:180,27; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sect 5, heresy 4; 9 1) ®³¨ú, ¾ÛÀò: ¤ñ¦p «Iŧ¤@­Ó«°¥« 2) ¿ï¾Ü, ¿ï¨ú 3) ³Q¿ï¤Wªº 4) ¿í´`¬Y­Ó¦@¦Pªº±Ð¸q©Î©v¦®­ì«hªº¸sÅé(±Ð¬£©ÎÄÒ¬£) 4a) ¼»³£¸Ó¤H(µS¤Ó±Ð¬£¤§¤@, ¤£«H¦³´_¬¡) 4b) ªk§QÁɤH(µS¤Ó±Ð¬£¤§¤@, ¥HÄY®æ©^¦æ«ßªk³W±ø¬°©v¦®) 4c) °ò·þ®{ 5) ¦]·N¨£©M¥Ø¼Ð¤£¦P¦Ó°_ªº¯Éª§, ·N¨£¤Àª[

139 hairesis {hah'-ee-res-is} from 138; TDNT - 1:180,27; n f AV - sect 5, heresy 4; 9 1) act of taking, capture: e.g. storming a city 2) choosing, choice 3) that which is chosen 4) a body of men following their own tenets (sect or party) 4a) of the Sadducees 4b) of the Pharisees 4c) of the Christians 5) dissensions arising from diversity of opinions and aims
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
172 akakos {ak'-ak-os} ·½©ó 1 (§@ §_©wµü ½èµü/»y§Uµü) ©M 2556; TDNT - 3:482,391; §Î®eµü AV - simple 1, harmless 1; 2 1) ¨S¦³¸Þ¶Bªº, ¨S¦³³±¿Ñªº 2) ¤£©È§O¤Hªº¨¸´cªº, «H¥ô¥ô¦óªº¤H

172 akakos {ak'-ak-os} from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2556; TDNT - 3:482,391; adj AV - simple 1, harmless 1; 2 1) without guile or fraud, harmless, free from guilt 2) fearing no evil from others, distrusting no one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
189 akoe {ak-o-ay'} ·½©ó 191; TDNT - 1:221,34; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hearing 10, ears 4, fame 3, rumour 2, report 2, audience 1, misc 2; 24 1) ťı 2) ťı¾¹©x, ¦Õ¦· 3) ©ÒÅ¥¨ìªº¨Æ 3a) ¤f­zªº«ü¾É, «H®§ 3a1) «üºÖ­µªº¶Ç´­ 3b) ¹DÅ¥³~»¡, ¶¢¨¥¶¢»y©ÎÁÁ¨¥

189 akoe {ak-o-ay'} from 191; TDNT - 1:221,34; n f AV - hearing 10, ears 4, fame 3, rumour 2, report 2, audience 1, misc 2; 24 1) the sense of hearing 2) the organ of hearing, the ear 3) the thing heard 3a) instruction, namely oral 3a1) of preaching the gospel 3b) hearsay, report or rumour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
212 alazoneia {al-ad-zon-i'-a} ·½©ó 213; TDNT - 1:226,36; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - boasting 1, pride 1; 2 1) ªÅ¬}, ¸Ø¤j§j¼Nªº¨¥µü 2) ¶ÆºCµL¹ê½è¤º®eªº«H©À, ¾ÌÂÇ©ó¾a¨ä¦Û¤vªº¤O¶q©M¸ê·½, µL®¢½°µø©M¹H¤Ï¯«¸tªº«ßªk©M¤Hªº°ò¥»Åv§Q 3) ¤@ºØ¤£«H¯«¥BªÅ¥Fªº°²©w©Î±À´ú, ³þ°ò©ó¬Û«HÄÝ¥@ªºªF¦è¥i¥Hªøªø¤[¤[

212 alazoneia {al-ad-zon-i'-a} from 213; TDNT - 1:226,36; n f AV - boasting 1, pride 1; 2 1) empty, braggart talk 2) an insolent and empty assurance, which trusts in its own power and resources and shamefully despises and violates divine laws and human rights 3) an impious and empty presumption which trusts in the stability of earthy things
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
226 aletheuo {al-ayth-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 227; TDNT - 1:251,37; °Êµü AV - tell the truth 1, speak the truth 1; 2 1) »¡¸Û¹ê¸Ü 1a) ±Ð¾É¸Û«H 1b) «ÅÁ¿¯u²z (#¥[ 4:16; ¥± 4:15|)

226 aletheuo {al-ayth-yoo'-o} from 227; TDNT - 1:251,37; v AV - tell the truth 1, speak the truth 1; 2 1) to speak or tell the truth 1a) to teach the truth 1b) to profess the truth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
362 anemeno {an-am-en'-o} ·½¦Û303©M3306;; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- ¬ß±æ¡Aµ¥­Ô1; 1 1) µ¥­Ô¬Y¤H¡]¥HµL¤ñªº­@¤ß©M«H¤ß¥hµ¥­Ô¡^

362 anemeno {an-am-en'-o} from 303 and 3306;; v AV - wait for 1; 1 1) to wait for one (with the added notion of patience and trust)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
367 Ananias {an-an-ee'-as} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å02608; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ananias (of Damascus) 6, Ananias (of Jerusalem) 3, Ananias (high priest) 2; 11 ¨È®³¥§¨È = "­C©MµØ©Ò®¦½çªº" 1) ­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¤@¦W«H®{, ¼»«D³âªº¤V¤Ò (#®{ 5:1~6|) 2) ¤j°¨¦âªº¤@¦W«H®{ (#®{ 9:10~18|) 3) ¤@¦W¤j²½¥q (#®{ 23:2|)

367 Ananias {an-an-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 02608;; n pr m AV - Ananias (of Damascus) 6, Ananias (of Jerusalem) 3, Ananias (high priest) 2; 11 Ananias = "whom Jehovah has graciously given" 1) a certain Christian at Jerusalem, the husband of Sapphira Acts 5:1-6 2) a Christian at Damascus Acts 9:10-18 3) a son of Nedebaeus, and high priest of the Jews c. A.D. 47-59. In the year 66, he was slain by the Sacarii. Acts 23:2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
490 Antiocheia {an-tee-okh'-i-ah} ·½¦Û Antiochus (¤@¦W±Ô§Q¨È¤ý); ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Antioch 18; 18 ¦w´£ªü = '»P¤§§Ü¿Å" 1) ±Ô§Q¨È³Ì¤j«°,¥ç¬°¦è¬y°ò«Ò°êªº­º³£,¦ì©óOrontesªe,¬°Seleucus Nicanor©Ò «Ø,¬°¬ö©À¨ä¤÷Antiochus¦Ó¨ú¦W¬°¦w´£ªü.«Ü¦h§Æþ¤ÆªºµS¤Ó¤H¦í¦b¨º¸Ì.¬O¸Ó«° «H®{­º¥ý³QºÙ¬°"°ò·þ®{". 2) ©¼¦è©³ªº¤@®y«°,ÁõÄÝ¥[©Ô¤Ó¬Ù,¬O«n¥[©Ô¤Óªº¦æ¬F¤¤¤ß,«Où´¿¼Æ¦¸«ô³X¸Ó«°.

490 Antiocheia {an-tee-okh'-i-ah} from Antiochus (a Syrian king);; n pr loc AV - Antioch 18; 18 Antioch = 'driven against" 1) Capital of Syria, situated on the river Orontes, founded by Seleucus Nicanor in 300 B.C. and named in honour of his father, Antiochus. Many Greek-Jews lived there and it was here that the followers of Christ were first called Christians. 2) A city in Pisidia on the borders Phrygia, founded by Seleucus Nicanor. Under the Romans it became a "colonia" and was also called Caesarea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
493 Antipas {an-tee'-pas} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Antipas 1; 1 ¦w´£©¬ = "¹³¤÷¿Ë¤@¼Ë" 1) §O­{¼¯ªº¤@¦W®î¹D«H®{(#±Ò 2:13|)

493 Antipas {an-tee'-pas} contracted for a compound of 473 and a derivative of 3962;; n pr m AV - Antipas 1; 1 Antipas = "like the father" 1) a Christian of Pergamos who suffered martyrdom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
518 apaggello {ap-ang-el'-lo} ·½¦Û 575 »P the base of 32; TDNT - 1:64,10; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - tell 26, show 10, declare 3, report 2, bring word 1, bring word again 1, show again 1, vr show; 45 1)±a¨Ó«H®§, ³qª¾, ­µ°T (±q¤@­Ó¤H©Î¤@¥ó¨Æ),±a¨Ó¸Ü,®ø®§ 2) ¤½¶}ªí¥Ü,¤½§G ,«Å§i; ¤½§i

518 apaggello {ap-ang-el'-lo} from 575 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:64,10; v AV - tell 26, show 10, declare 3, report 2, bring word 1, bring word again 1, show again 1, vr show; 45 1) to bring tidings (from a person or a thing), bring word, report 2) to proclaim, to make known openly, declare
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
544 apeitheo {ap-i-theh'-o} ·½©ó 545; TDNT - 6:10,818; °Êµü AV - believe not 8, disobedient 4, obey not 3, unbelieving 1; 16 1) ©Úµ´³QÄUªA 1a) ©Úµ´©Î§í¨î«H¥õ 1b) ©Úµ´¬Û«H©MÅ¥±q 2) ¤£¶¶±q

544 apeitheo {ap-i-theh'-o} from 545; TDNT - 6:10,818; v AV - believe not 8, disobedient 4, obey not 3, unbelieving 1; 16 1) not to allow one's self to be persuaded 1a) to refuse or withhold belief 1b) to refuse belief and obedience 2) not to comply with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
569 apisteo {ap-is-teh'-o} ·½¦Û 571; TDNT - 6:174,849; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - believe not 7; 7 1) ­I«q¥i«H¿àªº¤H, ¤£©¾¸Û (#´£«á 2:13|) 2) ¨S¦³«H¥õ, ¤£«H

569 apisteo {ap-is-teh'-o} from 571; TDNT - 6:174,849; v AV - believe not 7; 7 1) to betray a trust, be unfaithful 2) to have no belief, disbelieve
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
570 apistia {ap-is-tee'-ah} ·½©ó 571; TDNT - 6:174,849; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - unbelief 12; 12 1) ¤£¬Û«Hªº, ¨S¦³«H¥õªº 2) ¯Ê¥F«H¤ß, ¤£¬Û«H 3) ¦b«H¥õ¤W³n®z

570 apistia {ap-is-tee'-ah} from 571; TDNT - 6:174,849; n f AV - unbelief 12; 12 1) unfaithfulness, faithless 2) want of faith, unbelief 3) weakness of faith
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
571 apistos {ap'-is-tos} TDNT - 6:174,849; §Î®eµü AV - that believe not 6, unbelieving 5, faithless 4, unbeliever 4, infidel 2, thing incredible 1, which believe not 1; 23 1) ¤£¥i¸m«H, ¤£¥i«äijªº (#®{ 26:8|) 2) ¨S¦³«H¤ßªº, ¤£«Hªº

571 apistos {ap'-is-tos} from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4103; TDNT - 6:174,849; adj AV - that believe not 6, unbelieving 5, faithless 4, unbeliever 4, infidel 2, thing incredible 1, which believe not 1; 23 1) unfaithful, faithless, (not to be trusted, perfidious) 2) incredible 2a) of things 3) unbelieving, incredulous 3a) without trust (in God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
735 Artemis {ar'-tem-is} ¥i¯à»P736¦P·½; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Diana 5; 5 ¨È©³¦Ì = "§¹¥þªº¥ú: ¨ü­­ªº¤ô¬y" 1) ¼s¨ü«H©^ªº¯«¬é(ù°¨¦WºÙ¬°Diana),¨ä¤p¨È²Ó¨È±RªÁ¤¤¤ß¦b¥H¥±©Ò

735 Artemis {ar'-tem-is} probably from the same as 736;; n pr f AV - Diana 5; 5 Diana = "complete light: flow restrained" 1) Artemis, that is to say the so called Tauric or Persian or Ephesian Artemis, the goddess of many Asiatic people, to be distinguished from the Artemis of the Greeks, the sister of Apollo. A very splendid temple was built to her at Ephesus, which was set on fire by Herostratus and reduced to ashes; but afterwards in the times of Alexander the Great, it was rebuilt in a style of greater magnificence.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
763 asebeia {as-eb'-i-ah} from 765; TDNT - 7:185,1010; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ungodliness 4, ungodly 2; 6 1) §Æ±æ±o¨ì¯«ªº«Â±æ, ¤£°@¸Û, ¤£«H¯«

763 asebeia {as-eb'-i-ah} from 765; TDNT - 7:185,1010; n f AV - ungodliness 4, ungodly 2; 6 1) want of reverence towards God, impiety, ungodliness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
802 asunthetos {as-oon'-thet-os} ·½¦Û 1 (·í¦¨¤@­Ó §_©w ½èµü/»y§Uµü) »P 4934 ªº­l¥Í;; §Î®eµü AV - covenant breaker 1; 1 1) µL²V¦Xªº, ²³æªº 2) ­I¬ùªº, µL«H¥Îªº (#ù 1:31|)

802 asunthetos {as-oon'-thet-os} from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4934;; adj AV - covenant breaker 1; 1 1) uncompounded, simple 2) covenant breaking, faithless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
868 aphistemi {af-is'-tay-mee} ·½©ó 575 ©M 2476; TDNT - 1:512,88; °Êµü AV - depart 10, draw away 1, fall away 1, refrain 1, withdraw self 1, depart from 1; 15 1) Â÷¶}, ºM¥X, °h¥h 1a) »¤¨ÏÂ÷±ó (#®{ 5:37|) 2) «O«ù¶ZÂ÷, ºz¤£Ãö¤ß 2a) Â÷¶}, Â÷¸s¯Á©~(#¸ô 4:13;13:27;®{ 5:38|) 2b) Â÷±ó, Â÷¶}¬Y¤H 2c) °¾Â÷, ¥¢¥h«H¤ß 2d) ³WÁ×, °k§K 2e) °±¤î¥oÂZ¬Y¤H 2f) ºMÂ÷, Â÷¶} 2g) Á׶}, ¤£¨Ïªg¤WÃö«Y

868 aphistemi {af-is'-tay-mee} from 575 and 2476; TDNT - 1:512,88; v AV - depart 10, draw away 1, fall away 1, refrain 1, withdraw self 1, depart from 1; 15 1) to make stand off, cause to withdraw, to remove 1a) to excite to revolt 2) to stand off, to stand aloof 2a) to go away, to depart from anyone 2b) to desert, withdraw from one 2c) to fall away, become faithless 2d) to shun, flee from 2e) to cease to vex one 2f) to withdraw one's self from, to fall away 2g) to keep one's self from, absent one's self from
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
949 bebaios {beb'-ah-yos} ·½©ó 939 ªº¦r·½ (¨ú¨ä °ò®yªº ªº·N«ä); TDNT - 1:600,103; §Î®eµü AV - stedfast 4, sure 2, firm 1, of force 1, more sure 1; 9 1) í©wªº, °í©Tªº, ¨c©Tªº 2) Áô³ë. ¥i¾aªº, ¥i«H¿àªº

949 bebaios {beb'-ah-yos} from the base of 939 (through the idea of basality); TDNT - 1:600,103; adj AV - stedfast 4, sure 2, firm 1, of force 1, more sure 1; 9 1) stable, fast, firm 2) metaph. sure, trusty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
976 biblos {bib'-los} °ò¥»ªº¦r®Ú; TDNT - 1:615,106; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - book 13; 13 1) ¥Î¤å¦r®Ñ¼g¦¨ªº®Ñ¨÷, ®Ñ¨÷, ®Ñ«H

976 biblos {bib'-los} primitive root; TDNT - 1:615,106; n n AV - book 13; 13 1) a written book, a roll, a scroll
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1021 bradus {brad-ooce'} of uncertain affinity;; §Î®eµü AV - slow 3; 3 1) ·M©å½wºCªº 2) Áô³ë. °Ê§@´¼¯à¿ð¶wªº 2a) ²Â©åªº, ²z¸Ñ¿ð½wªº, «HªººCªº (#¸ô 24:25; ¶® 11:9|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5814

1021 bradus {brad-ooce'} of uncertain affinity;; adj AV - slow 3; 3 1) slow 2) metaph. dull, inactive, in mind 2a) stupid, slow to apprehend or believe For Synonyms see entry 5814
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1050 Gaios {gah'-ee-os} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Gaius (of Corinth) 2, Gaius (of Macedonia) 1, Gaius (of Derbe) 1, Gaius (a Christian) 1; 5 ¸ÓµS = "¥D¤H" 1) ³­¦ñ«Où©P¹Cªº°¨¨ä¹y¤H 2) ¯S§È¨Óªº¤H,»P«Où±q­ôªL¦h¤@°_½ñ¤W³Ì«áªº­C¸ô¼»§N¤§®È 3) ­ôªL¦h¤H,¦b«Où²Ä¤G¦¸¥h¸Ó«°±µ«Ý¥L 4) ¬ù¿«°Ñ®Ñªº¦¬«H¤H

1050 Gaios {gah'-ee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Gaius (of Corinth) 2, Gaius (of Macedonia) 1, Gaius (of Derbe) 1, Gaius (a Christian) 1; 5 Gaius = "lord" 1) a Macedonian who accompanied Paul in his travels 2) a man from Derbe who went with Paul from Corinth in his last journey to Jerusalem 3) a man of Corinth who was his host in his second sojourn in that city 4) an unknown Christian to whom John's third epistle is addressed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1080 gennao {ghen-nah'-o} ·½©ó 1085 ªºÅܤƫ¬; TDNT - 1:665,114; °Êµü AV - begat 49, be born 39, bear 2, gender 2, bring forth 1, be delivered 1, misc 3; 97 1) «ü¨k¤H·íª¨ª¨¤F 1a) ¥Í¤l 1b) ³Q¥Í¥X¨Ó 1b1) «ü°ü¤k¥Í«Ä¤l 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¨Ïµo¥Í, ²£¥Í, ¤Þ°_ 2b) ¦bµS¤Ó»y¤¤ªº·N«ä, «ü¨Ï§O¤H¨ÌµÛ¥Lªº¤è¦¡¥Í¬¡ªº¤H, ¨Ï¤H¬Ô¨Ì 2c) «ü¯«¨Ï±ÏÅ«ªº¤u§@¦bÍ¢¨à¤l¨­¤W 2d) «ü¯«¨Ï¤H¦]µÛ¹ï°ò·þªº«H¦Ó±o¥H¦¨¬°Í¢ªº¨à¤l

1080 gennao {ghen-nah'-o} from a variation of 1085; TDNT - 1:665,114; v AV - begat 49, be born 39, bear 2, gender 2, bring forth 1, be delivered 1, misc 3; 97 1) of men who fathered children 1a) to be born 1b) to be begotten 1b1) of women giving birth to children 2) metaph. 2a) to engender, cause to arise, excite 2b) in a Jewish sense, of one who brings others over to his way of life, to convert someone 2c) of God making Christ his son 2d) of God making men his sons through faith in Christ's work
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1108 gnosis {gno'-sis} ·½¦Û1097; TDNT - 1:689,119; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- knowledge 28, science 1; 29 1) ª¾ÃÑ¡A·N¨ýµÛ¤@¯ë©Êªº´¼¼z©M»â®©¤O 1a) Ãö©ó°ò·þ®{«H¥õªº¤@¯ë©Êªºª¾ÃÑ 1b) Ãö©ó³o­Ó«H¥õªº¨º¤@ºØ§ó²`¡A§ó§¹¥þ©M§óÂX¤jªºª¾ÃÑ¡A´N¦p¨º¨ÇÄݧó¶i¤@¨Bªº¡]Ãö©ó«H¥õªºª¾ÃÑ¡^ 1c) ¯S§O¬OÃö©ó°ò·þ®{¨º¤@¨Ç¦Xªk©M¤£¦Xªº¨Æ 1d) ¹D¼wªº´¼¼z¡A´N¬O¦b¥¿½Tªº¥Í¬¡¤¤©Ò¬Ý¨£ªº¡]©Ò»â®©¨ìªº¡^ For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5826

1108 gnosis {gno'-sis} from 1097; TDNT - 1:689,119; n f AV - knowledge 28, science 1; 29 1) knowledge signifies in general intelligence, understanding 1a) the general knowledge of Christian religion 1b) the deeper more perfect and enlarged knowledge of this religion, such as belongs to the more advanced 1c) esp. of things lawful and unlawful for Christians 1d) moral wisdom, such as is seen in right living For Synonyms see entry 5826
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1121 gramma {gram'-mah} ·½¦Û1125; TDNT - 1:761,128; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- letter 9, bill 2, writing 1, learning 1, scripture 1, written + 1722 1; 15 1) ¤@­Ó¦r 2) ¥ô¦ó¤@½g¤å³¹¡A¤@½g¤åÄm©Î°O¿ý 2a) ¤@¥u¤â¼gªº°O¿ý¡A²M³æ¡A±b¥Ø¡A¹ï¶Åª«ªº®Ñ­±»{¥i 2b) ¤@«Ê«H¡A¤@¨÷®Ñ«H 2c) ¨º¯«¸tªº®Ñ¨÷(¬ù¤¤ªº) 3) ¾Ç°Ý, ¥ç§Y¾Ç²ß 3a) «ü¯«¸tªº¾Ç°Ý

1121 gramma {gram'-mah} from 1125; TDNT - 1:761,128; n n AV - letter 9, bill 2, writing 1, learning 1, scripture 1, written + 1722 1; 15 1) a letter 2) any writing, a document or record 2a) a note of hand, bill, bond, account, written acknowledgement of a debt 2b) a letter, an epistle 2c) the sacred writings (of the OT) 3) letters, i.e. learning 3a) of sacred learning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1125 grapho {graf'-o} a root word; TDNT - 1:742,128; °Êµü AV - write 206, writing 1, describe 1, vr write 1; 209 1) ¼g, ¯A¤Î«H¥óªººØÃþ 1a) ¦b¥j®ÉªºÂ²¤W©Î¬O¦Ï¥Ö¯È¡B¯È©Î¬O¨ä¥L§÷®Æ¤W¨èµe¤U«H¥ó 2) ¼g, ¯A¤Î¼g§@ªº¤º®e 2a) ¥Î¼g§@ªº¯S©Êªí¹F 2b) ¥æ¥I¼g§@ (¨Ï¨Æ±¡¤£·|³Q§Ñ°O), ¼g¤U¨Ó,°O¿ý 2c) ¨Ï¥Î¸gªº°_¬ù¸t¸g¦ÒÅ窺¨º¨Ç¨Æ±¡ 2d) ¼gµ¹¤@­Ó¤H, ¥ç§Y ¥Î¼gªº¤è¦¡ (¥Î¤@­Ó®Ñ¼gªº®Ñ«H) µ¹¤H¸ê°T ,¤è¦V 3) ¥Î¼g§@¶ñº¡ 4) ¦b¼g§@¤¤°_¯ó¡B¨î­q, ¼g§@

1125 grapho {graf'-o} a root word; TDNT - 1:742,128; v AV - write 206, writing 1, describe 1, vr write 1; 209 1) to write, with reference to the form of the letters 1a) to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment, paper, or other material 2) to write, with reference to the contents of the writing 2a) to express in written characters 2b) to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write down, record 2c) used of those things which stand written in the sacred books (of the OT) 2d) to write to one, i.e. by writing (in a written epistle) to give information, directions 3) to fill with writing 4) to draw up in writing, compose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1152 Damaris {dam'-ar-is} ¥i¯à·½¦Û the base of 1150;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Damaris 1; 1 ¤j°¨­ù = "¤p¥À¤û " 1) ¶®¨å«°¤º¤@­Ó°ü¤k¦]«Où§G¹D¦Ó§ï«H°ò·þ±Ð

1152 Damaris {dam'-ar-is} probably from the base of 1150;; n pr f AV - Damaris 1; 1 Damaris = "a heifer" 1) an Athenian woman converted to Christianity by Paul's preaching
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1174 deisidaimonesteros {dice-ee-dahee-mon-es'-ter-os} the compound of a derivative of the base of 1169 and 1142; TDNT - 2:20,*; §Î®eµü AV - too superstitious 1; 1 1) ¥¿­±·N¸q 1a) ·q«ô¯«©Î²³¯«, ·q°@ªº, ¿w«Hªº 2) ­t­±·N¸q 2a) °g«Hªº (#®{ 17:22|)

1174 deisidaimonesteros {dice-ee-dahee-mon-es'-ter-os} the compound of a derivative of the base of 1169 and 1142; TDNT - 2:20,*; adj AV - too superstitious 1; 1 1) in a good sense 1a) reverencing god or the gods, pious, religious 2) in a bad sense 2a) superstitious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1175 deisidaimonia {dice-ee-dahee-mon-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 1174; TDNT - 2:20,137; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - superstition 1; 1 1) ¥¿­±·N«ä 1a) ·q«ô¯«, ·q¯«ªº, °@¸Ûªº 2) ­t­±·N«ä 2a) °g«Hªº 3) °@¸Ûªº (#®{ 25:19|)

1175 deisidaimonia {dice-ee-dahee-mon-ee'-ah} from the same as 1174; TDNT - 2:20,137; n f AV - superstition 1; 1 1) in a good sense 1a) reverencing god or the gods, pious, religious 2) in a bad sense 2a) superstitious 3) religious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1216 Demetrios {day-may'-tree-os} ·½¦ÛDemeter (Ceres);¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Demetrius 3; 3 ©³¦Ì¥á = "ÄÝ©ó¬_·ç´µ¯«(Ceres)" 1) ¦b¥H¥±©Òªº²§±Ð®{»È¦K §C¦Ì¥á 2) ¤@¦W«H®{ (# ¬ù°Ñ12|)

1216 Demetrios {day-may'-tree-os} from Demeter (Ceres);; n pr m AV - Demetrius 3; 3 Demetrius = "belonging to Ceres" 1) a heathen silversmith at Ephesus 2) a certain Christian, 3Jo 12
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1222 depou {day'-poo} ·½©ó 1211 ©M 4225;; °Æµü AV - verily 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¥Î©ó·í¹ï¬Y¨Æ¦³ÂIªÖ©wªº±¡ªp¤U, ¤S§Ï©»¬O¦³ÂIªº¤£½T©w 1a) ¤]³\ 1b) µLºÃ¦a 1c) ½T«H¦a 1d) ¯u¥¿¦a

1222 depou {day'-poo} from 1211 and 4225;; adv AV - verily 1; 1 1) it is used when something is affirmed in a slightly ironical manner, as if with an pretence of uncertainty 1a) perhaps 1b) doubtless 1c) verily 1d) truly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1263 diamarturomai {dee-am-ar-too'-rom-ahee} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 3140; TDNT - 4:510,564; °Êµü AV - testify 11, charge 3, witness 1; 15 1) ÃÒ¹ê 1a) ¸Û¼°ªº, ¾Ì¨}¤ß¦a§i»| 2) ªÖ©w, ÃÒ©ú, ¾G­«ªº½T©w 2a) ¾G­«¦aµ¹¤©¬Y¤HÃҾکΤf¨Ñ 2b) ¹ï¬Y¨Æ§@¨£ÃÒ, «üÃÒ, ¨Ï¨ä³Q¬Û«H

1263 diamarturomai {dee-am-ar-too'-rom-ahee} from 1223 and 3140; TDNT - 4:510,564; v AV - testify 11, charge 3, witness 1; 15 1) to testify 1a) earnestly, religiously to charge 2) to attest, testify to, solemnly affirm 2a) to give solemn testimony to one 2b) to confirm a thing by testimony, to testify, cause it to be believed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1303 diatithemai {dee-at-ith'-em-ahee} 1223 ©M 5087 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 2:104,157; °Êµü AV - make 3, testator 2, appoint 2; 7 1) ¦w±Æ, §G¸m ¦Û¤v©Ò¾Ö¦³ªºªF¦è 1a) «ü¦Û¤v©ÒÄݪºªF¦è 1b) ¥Ñ·N§Ó©Ò§@ªº¨M©w, ñ©w«H¥õªº¸t¬ù 2) ©M¤H¹F¦¨¨ó©w, ñ©w»}¬ù

1303 diatithemai {dee-at-ith'-em-ahee} middle voice from 1223 and 5087; TDNT - 2:104,157; v AV - make 3, testator 2, appoint 2; 7 1) to arrange, dispose of, one's own affairs 1a) of something that belongs to one 1b) to dispose of by will, make a testament 2) to make a covenant, enter into a covenant, with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1320 didaskalos {did-as'-kal-os} ·½©ó 1321; TDNT - 2:148,161;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; 58 1) ±Ð®v 2) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤«ü±Ð¾É¦³Ãö¯«ªº¨Æ¤Î¤Hªº³d¥ôªº¤H 1a) ¾A¥ô©ó(©Î¦Û»{¾A©ó)±Ð¾Éªº¨Æªº¤H 1b) ±Ð¾ÉµS¤Ó©v±Ðªº¤H 1c) «ü¤j¦³±Ð¾É¯à¤O¦Ó¨Ï¤HÄ@»E¨ÓÅ¥¹Dªº¤H, ¥ç§Y¦p ¬I¬~¬ù¿«, ­C¿qµ¥ 1d) ­C¿q¯S§O¥Î¨Ó«ü¨ä¦Û¤v, ¬O¦V¤HÅã©ú±Ï®¦¤§¸ôªº¨º¤@¦ì 1e) «ü²³¨Ï®{¤Î«Où 1f) «ü«H©^°ò·þ¸sÅ餤, Âǵ۸tÆFªºÀ°Ày¦Ó¾á­t±Ð¾É¤u§@ªº¤H 1g) «ü¦b°ò·þ®{¤¤ªº°²±Ð®v

1320 didaskalos {did-as'-kal-os} from 1321; TDNT - 2:148,161; n m AV - Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; 58 1) a teacher 2) in the NT one who teaches concerning the things of God, and the duties of man 1a) one who is fitted to teach, or thinks himself so 1b) the teachers of the Jewish religion 1c) of those who by their great power as teachers draw crowds around them i.e. John the Baptist, Jesus 1d) by preeminence used of Jesus by himself, as one who showed men the way of salvation 1e) of the apostles, and of Paul 1f) of those who in the religious assemblies of the Christians, undertook the work of teaching, with the special assistance of the Holy Spirit 1g) of false teachers among Christians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1325 didomi {did'-o-mee} ¤@¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü(¦b¤j³¡¤Àªº®ÉºA¤¤¥Î§@¬°altern.)ªºÂX±i«¬; TDNT - 2:166,166; °Êµü AV - give 365, grant 10, put 5, show 4, deliver 2, make 2, misc 25; 413 1) µ¹ 2) ±N¬Yª«µ¹»P¬Y¤H 2a) ¬°¤F¬Y¤H¦n, ¦Ó¥D°Êµ¹¥L¬YªF¦è 2a1) ÃØ»P§ª« 2b) ¤¹³\, ­ã¤¹­n¨D, ¤¹¨ä¾Ö¦³ 2c) ¨ÑÀ³, ¨Ñµ¹ ©Ò¥²»Ýªº¨Æª« 2d) ¥æ¥I, »¼°e 2d1) ¹ï¥~±µÄ², ÂX®i, §e²{ 2d2) «ü¤å¥ó 2d3) µ¹¬Y¤HÃöÃh, «H¥ô, ©Ó¿Õ 2d3a) «ü¦³»Ý­nºÞ²zªº¨Æ±¡ 2d3b) ±NÄÝÆF¤Wªº¨ÆÅã©ó¬Y¤Hª¾¹D 2e) ¦]®É¶¡¨ì©Î¦³¸q°È¦Óµ¹»P, Àv¥IÁ~¸ê©Î¼úÀv 2f) ¨Ñµ¹, ©Ó¨ü 3) ¥æµ¹ 3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one's self (?) 3a1) to give, hand out lots (?) 3b) «ü¬£¤@­Ó¾¦ì 3c) ¨Ï¨ä¥æ¥X¨Ó, Ä´¦p, ®ü, ¦º¤`, ©M³±¶¡³£¥æ¥X³Q¨ä©Ò§]¦Y©Î±µ¦¬¦º¤H 3c) ±N¬Y¨Æ¬Yª«ÃØ»P¬Y¤H¦Ó¦¨¬°¨ä©Ò¦³ªº 3c1) ¦p¹ï¨äªº¬@±Ï 3c2) ±N¬Y¤H¥æ¥I¬Y¤H¤§±a»â©MºÞ²z 3c3) ¬°¤F¬Y¤H¦n¦Ó±N¨ä¥æ¥I¬Y¤H 3c4) ±N¬Y¤H¥æÁÙ¨ä©ÒÄݪº¥D¤H 4) §å­ã©Î­ã¤¹ 4a) «ü¾°ÈªºÅv­­ ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5836

1325 didomi {did'-o-mee} a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an altern. in most of the tenses); TDNT - 2:166,166; v AV - give 365, grant 10, put 5, show 4, deliver 2, make 2, misc 25; 413 1) to give 2) to give something to someone 2a) of one's own accord to give one something, to his advantage 2a1) to bestow a gift 2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have 2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things 2d) to give over, deliver 2d1) to reach out, extend, present 2d2) of a writing 2d3) to give over to one's care, intrust, commit 2d3a) something to be administered 2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be religiously observed 2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward 2f) to furnish, endue 3) to give 3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one's self 3a1) to give, hand out lots 3b) to appoint to an office 3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them 3c) to give one to someone as his own 3c1) as an object of his saving care 3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master 3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests 3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return 4) to grant or permit one 4a) to commission For Synonyms see entry 5836
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1330 dierchomai {dee-er'-khom-ahee} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 2064; TDNT - 2:676,257; °Êµü AV - pass 8, pass through 7, go 7, go over 3, go through 2, walk 2, misc 13, vr to go 1; 43 1) ¸g¾ú, ¸g¹L 1a) ¦æ¹L, ¨«¹L¤@­Ó®È³~, ¸g¹L¤@­Ó¦a¤è 1b) ¦æ¹L¬ï¶V¬Y¦aªº¸ô³~, ¨«¹L, ¸g¹L, ¦æ¸g¬Y­Ó°Ï°ì 2) ¨ì¤£¦Pªº¦a¤è¥h 2a) «ü¤H, ¨ì°ê¥~©Î¥~¦a¥h 2b) «ü«H®§©Î³ø¾É, ´²¼½, ¥|³B¶Ç¶}

1330 dierchomai {dee-er'-khom-ahee} from 1223 and 2064; TDNT - 2:676,257; v AV - pass 8, pass through 7, go 7, go over 3, go through 2, walk 2, misc 13, vr to go 1; 43 1) to go through, pass through 1a) to go, walk, journey, pass through a place 1b) to travel the road which leads through a place, go, pass, travel through a region 2) to go different places 2a) of people, to go abroad 2b) of a report, to spread, go abroad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1347 dikaiosis {dik-ah'-yo-sis} ·½¦Û 1344; TDNT - 2:223,168; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - justification 2; 2 1) ¯«Án©ú¬Y¤HµL¸o, ¨Ã±µ¯Ç¬Y¤H 2) µo»}©ñ±ó«H¥õ¡BÅv§Q, ÄÀ¸o (#ù 4:25; ù 5:18|)

1347 dikaiosis {dik-ah'-yo-sis} from 1344; TDNT - 2:223,168; n f AV - justification 2; 2 1) the act of God declaring men free from guilt and acceptable to him 2) abjuring to be righteous, justification
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1354 Dionusios {dee-on-oo'-see-os} ·½¦Û Dionusos (Bacchus);;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Dionysius 1; 1 ¥á¥§­×= "©^Ämµ¹°s¯«" 1) ¶®¨å¤H, ¨È²¤¤Ú¥jªº¦¨­û, ³Q«Où·P¤ÆÂà«H°ò·þ (#®{ 11:34|)

1354 Dionusios {dee-on-oo'-see-os} from Dionusos (Bacchus);; n pr m AV - Dionysius 1; 1 Dionysius = "devoted to Bacchus" 1) an Athenian, a member of the Areopagus, converted to Christianity by Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1361 Diotrephes {dee-ot-ref-ace'} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Diotrephes 1; 1 ¥á¯SµÌ = "¦¶§È¯S¯«©Ò´þ¾iªº" 1) ¬ù¿«®Ñ«H´£¨ìªº¤@¦W¦n¬¯Ä£ªº«H®{ (# ¬ù°Ñ1:9|)

1361 Diotrephes {dee-ot-ref-ace'} from the alternate of 2203 and 5142;; n pr m AV - Diotrephes 1; 1 Diotrephes = "nourished by Jove" 1) a proud arrogant Christian mentioned in 3 Jo. 9
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1451 eggus {eng-goos'} ·½©ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº°Êµü agcho (ºòÀ£ ©Î §í¨î;ªñ¦ü©ó 43 ªº¦r·½); TDNT - 2:330,194; °Æµü AV - nigh 13, at hand 6, nigh at hand 4, near 4, from 1, nigh unto 1, ready 1; 30 1) ¾aªñ, «üªÅ¶¡¤Wªº 1a) ªñªº 1b) «ü»P¯«¬Ûªñªº¤H 1b1) µS¤Ó¤H, ¬Û¹ï©ó¤£Äݯ«¤Î¨ä¯¬ºÖªº¥~¨¹¤H 1b2) ©Ô¤ñ¥Î"¾aªñ¨Ó(to make nigh)"®É, ¨ä·N«ä¬Û·í©ó¦b»¡ "Âk«H¤J±Ð(to make a proselyte)" 2) «ü®É¶¡¤Wªº 2a) «ü¦b®É¶¡¤W¨Ó»¡¤w§Ö­n¨ì¤F, §Y±N­nµo¥Íªº·N«ä

1451 eggus {eng-goos'} from a primary verb agcho (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of 43); TDNT - 2:330,194; adv AV - nigh 13, at hand 6, nigh at hand 4, near 4, from 1, nigh unto 1, ready 1; 30 1) near, of place and position 1a) near 1b) those who are near access to God 1b1) Jews, as opposed to those who are alien from God and his blessings 1b2) The Rabbis used the term "to make nigh" as equivalent to "to make a proselyte" 2) of time 2a) of times imminent and soon to come pass
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1482 ethnikos {eth-nee-kos'} ·½¦Û 1484; TDNT - 2:372,201;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - heathen 1, heathen man 1; 2 1) ¤£«Hªº,ÄÝ¥@ªº,¦h¯«±Ðªº¥~±Ú¤H (#¤Ó 6:7,18:17)

1482 ethnikos {eth-nee-kos'} from 1484; TDNT - 2:372,201; n m AV - heathen 1, heathen man 1; 2 1) adapted to the genius or customs of a people, peculiar to a people, national 2) suited to the manners or language of foreigners, strange, foreign 3) in the NT savouring of the nature of pagans, alien to the worship of the true God, heathenish 3a) of the pagan, the Gentile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1484 ethnos {eth'-nos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 1486; TDNT - 2:364,201; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - Gentiles 93, nation 64, heathen 5, people 2; 164 1) ¤@¸s©¼¦¹¦³Ãö«Y©Î¦í¦b¤@°_ªº¤H©ÎÃ~Ãþ 1a) ¹ÎÅé, ¶¤¥î, ¸Á¾Öªº¸s²³ 2) ¥Ñ¬Û¦P¥»½è©ÎºØÃþªº­ÓÅé©Ò²Õ¦¨ªº¹ÎÅé 2a) ¤HÃþªº®a®x 3) ³¡±Ú, ºØ±Ú, ¥Á±Ú 4) ¦b¬ù¤¤, ¥Î¥H«ü¤£·q«ô¯u¯«ªº¥~¨¹¤H, ²§±Ð®{, ¥~¨¹¤H 5) «Où¥Î¦¹¦r«H°ò·þªº¥~¨¹¤H

1484 ethnos {eth'-nos} probably from 1486; TDNT - 2:364,201; n n AV - Gentiles 93, nation 64, heathen 5, people 2; 164 1) a multitude (whether of men or of beasts) associated or living together 1a) a company, troop, swarm 2) a multitude of individuals of the same nature or genus 2a) the human family 3) a tribe, nation, people group 4) in the OT, foreign nations not worshipping the true God, pagans, Gentiles 5) Paul uses the term for Gentile Christians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1515 eirene {i-ray'-nay} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¤@­Ó°ò¥»°Êµü eiro (³sµ²); TDNT - 2:400,207; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - peace 89, one 1, rest 1, quietness 1; 92 1) °ê®a¦w©wªºª¬ºA 1a) §K°£¾Ôª§ªº¸v­h©M¯E§T 2) ­ÓÅ餧¶¡ªº©M¥­, ¥ç§Y¿Ä¬¢, ©M·ü 3) ¦w¥þ·P, ¦w¥þ, ¿³©ô, ©¯ºÖ, (¦]¬°©M¥­¿Ä¬¢¨Ï±o¨Æª««O«ù¦w¥þ¿³©ô) 4) «üÀ±ÁɨȪº¥­¦w 4a) ¾É­P¥­¦wªº¹D(±ÏÅ«) 5) «ü°ò·þ±Ð¸q, ¤@­Ó¤HÂǥѰò·þ¦Ó½T«H¨ä±ÏÅ«ªº¥­Ã­ª¬ºA, ¨Ã¥B¤£Äß©È ±q¯«¨Óªº¨Æª«, ¤]º¡¨¬©ó¥L¦b¤H¶¡ªº©R¹B, ¤£ºÞ¨º©R¹B¦p¦ó 6) ·q°@¥B¥¿ª½ªº¤H¦º«á¨ü¯¬ºÖªºª¬ºA

1515 eirene {i-ray'-nay} probably from a primary verb eiro (to join); TDNT - 2:400,207; n f AV - peace 89, one 1, rest 1, quietness 1; 92 1) a state of national tranquillity 1a) exemption from the rage and havoc of war 2) peace between individuals, i.e. harmony, concord 3) security, safety, prosperity, felicity, (because peace and harmony make and keep things safe and prosperous) 4) of the Messiah's peace 4a) the way that leads to peace (salvation) 5) of Christianity, the tranquil state of a soul assured of its salvation through Christ, and so fearing nothing from God and content with its earthly lot, of whatsoever sort that is 6) the blessed state of devout and upright men after death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1577 ekklesia {ek-klay-see'-ah} ·½©ó 1537 ªº½Æ¦X¦r©M 2564 ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 3:501,394; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - church 115, assembly 3; 118 1) ¥Á²³¥Ñ®a¤¤¥X¨Ó¦b¤½¦@³õ©Òªº¦a¤è»E¶°, »E·| 1a) «ü¤H¬°¤F°Óij¨Æ©Ê¦Ó»E¶°¦b¤½¦@ªº·|ij³õ©Ò 1b) «ü¥H¦â¦C¥Á²³ 1c) «D¦³µ¥©w¥Øªºªº, °¸µo©Êªº¸s²³»E¶°, ³ÙÄÛªº 1d) ¦b°ò·þ±Ðªº·N¸q¤W 1d1) °ò·þ®{»E¶°¦b©v±Ð©Êªº³õ¦X¨Ó·q«ô¯« 1d2) «ü´÷±æ°ò·þ­C¿q¥Ã¥Í±Ï®¦ªº°ò·þ®{¤H, ¦b±Ð·|¦X¤@ªº­ì«hªº³W©w¤U, ¿í¦u¦U¦Û ªº©v±Ð»ö¨å, ¶i¦æ¦U¦Ûªº©v±Ð¶°·|, ©MºÞ²z¦U¦Ûªº¨Æ±¡. 1d3) «ü¥Ñ¤À§G¦b¦U¦a, ¦U«°, ¦U§ø«o³s¦X¦¨¤@Å骺¤H 1d4) «ü´²¦b¥@¤W¦U¦aªº¥D¤ºªºªÏÅé 1d5) «ü¤w¥h¥@¥B³Q±µ¤J¤Ñ®aªº¦]«HºÙ¸qªº²³°ò·þ®{

1577 ekklesia {ek-klay-see'-ah} from a compound of 1537 and a derivative of 2564; TDNT - 3:501,394; n f AV - church 115, assembly 3; 118 1) a gathering of citizens called out from their homes into some public place, an assembly 1a) an assembly of the people convened at the public place of the council for the purpose of deliberating 1b) the assembly of the Israelites 1c) any gathering or throng of men assembled by chance, tumultuously 1d) in a Christian sense 1d1) an assembly of Christians gathered for worship in a religious meeting 1d2) a company of Christian, or of those who, hoping for eternal salvation through Jesus Christ, observe their own religious rites, hold their own religious meetings, and manage their own affairs, according to regulations prescribed for the body for order's sake 1d3) those who anywhere, in a city, village, constitute such a company and are united into one body 1d4) the whole body of Christians scattered throughout the earth 1d5) the assembly of faithful Christians already dead and received into heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1650 elegchos {el'-eng-khos} ·½©ó 1651; TDNT - 2:476,221;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - reproof 1, evidence 1; 2 1) ÃÒ¾Ú, ¥Î¥HÃÒ©ú©ÎÅçÃÒ¬Y¨Æªº 2) »¡ªA; «HªA

1650 elegchos {el'-eng-khos} from 1651; TDNT - 2:476,221; n m AV - reproof 1, evidence 1; 2 1) a proof, that by which a thing is proved or tested 2) conviction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1679 elpizo {el-pid'-zo} ·½©ó 1680; TDNT - 2:517,229; °Êµü AV - trust 18, hope 10, hope for 2, things hoped for 1, vr hope 1; 32 1) §Æ±æ 1a) ¦b©v±Ðªº·N¸q¤W, «ü¥H¥þ³Æªº«H¤ßÅw³ßµ¥«Ý±Ï®¦ªº¨ì¨Ó 2) ¬ß±æ¥õ¿à©ó...

1679 elpizo {el-pid'-zo} from 1680; TDNT - 2:517,229; v AV - trust 18, hope 10, hope for 2, things hoped for 1, vr hope 1; 32 1) to hope 1a) in a religious sense, to wait for salvation with joy and full confidence 2) hopefully to trust in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1680 elpis {el-pece'} ·½©ó¦r®Ú elpo (´Á«Ýªº·N«ä, ³q±`¬O«ü¥H³ß®®ÅwªYªº¤ß±¡; TDNT - 2:517,229; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hope 53, faith 1; 54 1) ´Á¬ß·|¾D³{Ãa¨Æ, Äß©È 2) ´Á¬ß·|¹J¨ì¦n¨Æ, §Æ±æ 2a) ¹ï°ò·þ±Ð¦Ó¨¥ 2a1) «ü´Á±æ¥Ã¥Íªº±Ï®¦¦ÓÅw³ß¤Î¥Rº¡«H¤ß 3) §Æ±æ, ´Á±æ, ¦³«ü±æ 3a) ¬ß±æªº¥D, ©Î¬ß±æ¨¬¥H¬°°ò¥Ûªº¨º¤@¦ì 3b) ¬ß±æªº¨Æ

1680 elpis {el-pece'} from a primary elpo (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); TDNT - 2:517,229; n f AV - hope 53, faith 1; 54 1) expectation of evil, fear 2) expectation of good, hope 2a) in the Christian sense 2a1) joyful and confident expectation of eternal salvation 3) on hope, in hope, having hope 3a) the author of hope, or he who is its foundation 3b) the thing hoped for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1732 endeixis {en'-dike-sis} ·½¦Û 1731;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - to declare + 1519 1, to declare + 4214 1, proof 1, evident token 1; 4 1) ¥Ü½d, ÃÒ©ú 1a) ¥H¦æ°ÊÅã©ú 1b) «H¸¹, ÃÒ¾Ú

1732 endeixis {en'-dike-sis} from 1731;; n f AV - to declare + 1519 1, to declare + 4214 1, proof 1, evident token 1; 4 1) demonstration, proof 1a) manifestation made by act 1b) sign, evidence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1831 exerchomai {ex-er'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û1537©M2064; TDNT - 2:678,257; °Êµü AV - go out 60, come 34, de¤Àµü28, go 25, go forth 25, come out 23, come forth 9, misc 18; 222 1) ¥X¨Ó¡A¥X¥h 1a) ¦ñÀHµÛ¤@­Ó¤H´£¤Î­n¥hªº¦a¤è¡A©ÎªÌÂ÷¶}ªº©Ò¦b 1a1) ¤@­Ó¤H¦Û°Ê¦aÂ÷¶}¤@­Ó¦a¤è 1a2) ¤@­Ó¤H³Q»°¥X¥h¡A©ÎªÌ³Q³v¥X¥h 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¥Ñ¤@­Ó»E·|ªº¦a¤è¥X¥h¡A¥ç§Y©ß±ó¥¦ 2b) ¥Í²z¤Wªº¥X¥h¡A·½¦Û¡A¥Í²£ 2c) Â÷¶}¤@­Ó¤HªºÅv¶Õ¡A¥­¦wªº°kÂ÷¶} 2d) ±N­ì¬O¨p¤U¡AÁô±KªºªF¦è¡A¦V¥@¤H¤½¶}¡]¬Y¤H¥H·s©_ªº·N¨£¡A§l¤Þ¥L¤Hªºª`·N¡^ 2e) Ãö©óªF¦è 2e1) ¦³Ãö³ø§i¡AÁÁ¨¥¡A«H®§¡A±Ð°V 2e2) §â¨Æ±¡Åý¤Hª¾¹D¡A¤½§i¡A«Å§G 2e3) ¬y¶Ç¡A«Å¥¬ 2e4) ¥X¥h 2e4a) ¥Ñ¤ß¤¤©Î¤f¤¤¥XÁn 2e4b) ¥Ñ¨­Å餤¦Ó¥X 2e4c) ©ñ®g¡Aµo¥X¡A¦RÅS¤@¨Ç¨Æ 2e4c1) ¥Î¥H§Î®eÀþ¶¡ªº°{¹q 2e4c2) ¥Î¥H§Î®e¤@­ÓªF¦è®ø¥¢¤F 2e4c3) ¥Î¥H§Î®e¤@­Ó§Æ±æ¸¨ªÅ¤F

1831 exerchomai {ex-er'-khom-ahee} from 1537 and 2064; TDNT - 2:678,257; v AV - go out 60, come 34, depart 28, go 25, go forth 25, come out 23, come forth 9, misc 18; 222 1) to go or come forth of 1a) with mention of the place out of which one goes, or the point from which he departs 1a1) of those who leave a place of their own accord 1a2) of those who are expelled or cast out 2) metaph. 2a) to go out of an assembly, i.e. forsake it 2b) to come forth from physically, arise from, to be born of 2c) to go forth from one's power, escape from it in safety 2d) to come forth (from privacy) into the world, before the public, (of those who by novelty of opinion attract attention) 2e) of things 2e1) of reports, rumours, messages, precepts 2e2) to be made known, declared 2e3) to be spread, to be proclaimed 2e4) to come forth 2e4a) emitted as from the heart or the mouth 2e4b) to flow forth from the body 2e4c) to emanate, issue 2e4c1) used of a sudden flash of lightning 2e4c2) used of a thing vanishing 2e4c3) used of a hope which has disappeared
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1889 Epaphras {ep-af-ras'} ªu¥Î 1891;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Epaphras 3; 3 ¥H¤Ú¥± = "¥i·Rªº" 1) ¦b«Où®Ñ«H¤¤©Ò´£¨ìªº¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{

1889 Epaphras {ep-af-ras'} contracted from 1891;; n pr m AV - Epaphras 3; 3 Epaphras = "lovely" 1) a Christian man mentioned in Paul's epistles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1989 epistello {ep-ee-stel'-lo} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 4724; TDNT - 7:593,1074; °Êµü AV - write 1, write unto 1, write a letter unto 1; 3 1) µo°e¤@­Ó«H®§µ¹¬Y¤H, ©R¥O, «ü´§ 2) ¼g«H 3) ¥H«H¥ó«ü¥Ü, ¼g«ü¾É§h©Jµ¹...

1989 epistello {ep-ee-stel'-lo} from 1909 and 4724; TDNT - 7:593,1074; v AV - write 1, write unto 1, write a letter unto 1; 3 1) to send one a message, command 2) to write a letter 3) to enjoin by letter, to write instructions
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1992 epistole {ep-is-tol-ay'} ·½©ó 1989; TDNT - 7:593,1074; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - epistle 15, letter 9; 24 1) ®Ñ«H, «H¨ç

1992 epistole {ep-is-tol-ay'} from 1989; TDNT - 7:593,1074; n f AV - epistle 15, letter 9; 24 1) a letter, epistle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1995 epistrophe {ep-is-trof-ay'} ·½¦Û 1994; TDNT - 7:722,1093; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - conversion 1; 1 1) ²§±Ð®{Â÷±ó«ô°¸¹³, ÂàÂk«H¯u¯«¤W«Ò (#®{ 15:3|)

1995 epistrophe {ep-is-trof-ay'} from 1994; TDNT - 7:722,1093; n f AV - conversion 1; 1 1) conversion (of the Gentiles from idolatry to the true God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2098 euaggelion {yoo-ang-ghel'-ee-on} »P 2097 ¦P·½; TDNT - 2:721,267; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - gospel 46, gospel of Christ 11, gospel of God 7, gospel of the Kingdom 3, misc 10; 77 1) ¦n®ø®§ªº¤º®e 2) ¦n®ø®§ 2a) ³ß«H, ´N¬O¯«ªº°ê«×§Y±N³Q«Ø¥ß, ¨ä«á¥D­C¿q°ò·þªº°ê«×¤] ­n³Q«Ø¥ß, Í¢¬O³o°ê«×ªº³þ°òªÌ¡C­C¿q°ò·þ¦º«á, ³o­Óµüªº §t¸q¤]¥]¬A¶ÇÁ¿¦³Ãö©ó­C¿q°ò·þ¦b¤Q¦r¬[¤W¨ü­W¨ü, ±aµ¹¥@ ¤H¥Ã«íªº±Ï®¦. ±q¦º¸Ì´_¬¡, §¤¦b¤W«Òªº¥kÃä, ±N¨Ó­n±aµÛ ºaÄ£¦A²{, «Ø¥ß¥Ã»·ªº°ê«×. 2b) ÂǵۭC¿q°ò·þ±oµÛ±Ï®¦ªº¦n®ø®§ 2c) «Å¥¬¤W«Òªº®¦¨å¤w¦b­C¿q°ò·þ¸ÌÅã©ú, «HªÌ±o¨É¦b°ò·þ¸Ì 2d) ºÖ­µ 2e) ­C¿q°ò·þ©Ò¨¥, ©Ò¦æ, ¤Î¨ä¨ü¦ºÃÒ©úÍ¢¬OÀ±ÁɨÈ, Í¢ªº ¡@¡@¡@ ¨¥¦æ¡B¨ü¦ºªº¬G¨Æ³QºÙ¬°ºÖ­µ©Î³ß«H.

2098 euaggelion {yoo-ang-ghel'-ee-on} from the same as 2097; TDNT - 2:721,267; n n AV - gospel 46, gospel of Christ 11, gospel of God 7, gospel of the Kingdom 3, misc 10; 77 1) a reward for good tidings 2) good tidings 2a) the glad tidings of the kingdom of God soon to be set up, and subsequently also of Jesus the Messiah, the founder of this kingdom. After the death of Christ, the term comprises also the preaching of (concerning) Jesus Christ as having suffered death on the cross to procure eternal salvation for the men in the kingdom of God, but as restored to life and exalted to the right hand of God in heaven, thence to return in majesty to consummate the kingdom of God 2b) the glad tidings of salvation through Christ 2c) the proclamation of the grace of God manifest and pledged in Christ 2d) the gospel 2e) as the messianic rank of Jesus was proved by his words, his deeds, and his death, the narrative of the sayings, deeds, and death of Jesus Christ came to be called the gospel or glad tidings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2208 Zelotes {dzay-lo-tace'} »P2207¦P; TDNT - 2:882,297;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Zelotes 2; 2 1) ¾Ä¾UÄÒ (#¸ô 6:15; ®{ 1:13|) ¦Ûº¿§J¤ñ®É¥N°_,¦³¤@¸sµS¤Ó¤HºÙ¬°¾Ä¾UÄÒ,ÄY¦u¼¯¦è«ßªk,¬Æ¦Ü¤£±¤¶D½Ñ¼É¤O ¥H§K¦Û¤vªº©v±Ð«H¥õ³Q«I¥Ç.

2208 Zelotes {dzay-lo-tace'} the same as 2207; TDNT - 2:882,297; n m AV - Zelotes 2; 2 1) one burning with zeal, a zealot 2) used of God as jealous of any rival and sternly vindicating his control 3) most eagerly desirous of, zealous for, a thing 3a) to acquire a thing, (zealous of) 3b) to defend and uphold a thing, vehemently contending for a thing From the time of the Maccabees there existed among the Jews a class of men, called Zealots, who vigorously adhered to the Mosaic law and endeavouring even by a resort to violence, after the example of Phinehas, to prevent religion from being violated by others; but in the latter days of the Jewish commonwealth they used their holy zeal as a pretext for the basest crimes.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2222 zoe {dzo-ay'} ·½¦Û2198; TDNT - 2:832,290; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - life 133, lifetime 1; 134 1) ¥Í©Rªº®ð®§ 1a) ¤@­Ó¨ã¦³¬¡°Ê¯à¤Oªº¤Hªº¨ººØª¬ºA¤H¡A¦³¥Í®ðªº¨ººØª¬ºA 1b) ¨C¤@­Ó¬¡ªº»î 2) ¥Ã¦sªº¥Í©R 2a) ¬O«ü¥Í©Rªº¨º¤@ºØµ´¹ïªºÂ׺¡¡A¥]¬AÂkÄݩ󯫪º¨ººØ¹ê½è¤W©M¹D¼w¤WªºÂ׺¡, ¨Ã¥B³oºØÂ׺¡¬OÂÇµÛ Í¢¦Ó¦s¦b©ó¡§¯«ªº¸Ü¡¨ªº¥»½è¤¤©M°ò·þªº¸Ì­±,¨Ã¥B¦b°ò·þ ªº¸Ì­±¡A¯«§â³oºØÂ׺¡Âǵۡ§¯«ªº¸Ü¡¨¬ï¦b¤Hªº¥»©Ê¤W¡C 2b) ¯u¹ê©M¯Â¥¿ªº¥Í©R¡A¤@ºØ¿n·¥ªº©M¦³¬¡¤Oªº¥Í©R¡AÄm¨­©ó ¯«¡A»X¯«¯¬ºÖ¡A´N¬O ¨º¨Ç«H¾a°ò·þªº¤Hªº¥Í©R¡A¬Æ¦Ü±q¤µ¥@´N±oµÛ¡A¨ì´_¬¡¥H«áÂǥѷsªº±oµÛ(¥]¬A¤@ ­Ó§ó§¹¬üªº¨­Åé)¦Ó§¹¥þªº¥Í©R¡A¨Ã¥B¬Oªø¦s¨ì¥Ã«íªº¥Í©R¡C ¦P¸q¦r¥i°Ñ¦Ò 5821

2222 zoe {dzo-ay'} from 2198; TDNT - 2:832,290; n f AV - life 133, lifetime 1; 134 1) life 1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate 1b) every living soul 2) life 2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the hypostatic "logos" and to Christ in whom the "logos" put on human nature 2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect body), and to last for ever. For Synonyms see entry 5821
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2240 heko {hay'-ko} ¥D­n°Êµü; TDNT - 2:926,306; °Êµü AV - come 27; 27 1) ¨Ó, ©è¹F, ¦b³õ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¨Ó¨ì¤@­Ó¤H«e,¥ç§Y»P¹ï¤è«Ø¥ß¿Ë±KÃö«Y,¦¨¬°¹ï¤èªº«H®{; (²@µL¹w´Á¦a)Á{¨ì 2b) Á{¨ì, ¸g¨üªº¨Æ±¡

2240 heko {hay'-ko} a primary verb; TDNT - 2:926,306; v AV - come 27; 27 1) to have come, have arrived, be present 2) metaph. 2a) to come to one, i.e. to seek an intimacy with one, become his follower: to come upon one (unexpectedly) 2b) to come upon one, of things endured
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2294 tharsos {thar'-sos} ªñ¦ü©ó(«÷ªk§ïÅÜ) thrasos (Áx´±);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - courage 1; 1 1) Áx¤l, «H¤ß, ¦Û«H, §â´¤

2294 tharsos {thar'-sos} akin (by transp.) to thrasos (daring);; n n AV - courage 1; 1 1) courage, confidence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2318 theosebes {theh-os-eb-ace'} ·½¦Û 2316 and 4576; TDNT - 3:123,331; §Î®eµü AV - worshipper of God 1; 1 1) Æg¬ü±R«ô¯«, °@¸Ûªº, ¿w«Hªº

2318 theosebes {theh-os-eb-ace'} from 2316 and 4576; TDNT - 3:123,331; adj AV - worshipper of God 1; 1 1) worshipping God, pious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2319 theostuges {theh-os-too-gace'} ·½¦Û 2316 and the base of 4767;; §Î®eµü AV - hater of God 1; 1 1) ¹ï¯«¥Rº¡«è«ëªº, «D±`¤£«H¯«ªº©M¨¸´cªº (#ù 1:30|)

2319 theostuges {theh-os-too-gace'} from 2316 and the base of 4767;; adj AV - hater of God 1; 1 1) hateful to God, exceptionally impious and wicked
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2321 Theophilos {theh-of'-il-os} from 2316 and 5384;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Theophilus 2; 2 ´£ªü«Dù = "¯«ªºªB¤Í" 1) ¸ô¥[©Ò¼gªº¸ô¥[ºÖ­µ»P¨Ï®{¦æ¶Çªº¨ü«HªÌ ( #¸ô1:3| ; # ®{1:1| )

2321 Theophilos {theh-of'-il-os} from 2316 and 5384;; n pr m AV - Theophilus 2; 2 Theophilus = "friend of God" 1) the person to whom Luke addressed his Gospel and the book of Acts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2356 threskeia {thrace-ki'-ah} ·½¦Û a derivative of 2357; TDNT - 3:155,337; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - religion 3, worshipping 1; 4 1) «H¥õ¤Wªº·q«ô 1a) ¯S§O«ü¥~¦b§Î¦¡, §»ö¤Wªº±R«ô 1a1) ±Ð³W, ±Ð±ø, ©v±Ð

2356 threskeia {thrace-ki'-ah} from a derivative of 2357; TDNT - 3:155,337; n f AV - religion 3, worshipping 1; 4 1) religious worship 1a) esp. external, that which consists of ceremonies 1a1) religious discipline, religion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2403 Iezabel {ee-ed-zab-ale'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å0348; TDNT - 3:217,348; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jezebel 1; 1 ­C¬~§O = "°l»°" 1) ¨È«¢¤ýªº©d¤l, ¬O­Ó´Ý§Ô,¤£·q«ô¯u¯«ªº¤ý¦Z,«OÅ@°¸¹³±R«ô,¨Ã­¢®`¥ýª¾ 2) ¤@¦W°ü¤kªº¶H¼x©Ê¦W¦r.¦o¦ÛºÙ¬°¤k¥ýª¾,¨I·Ä©ó°ß«H¥õ½×(antinomianism),¥D±i °ò·þ®{¥i¥ô·N¦YÄmµ¹°¸¹³ªº²½«~ (#±Ò 2:20|)

2403 Iezabel {ee-ed-zab-ale'} of Hebrew origin 0348; TDNT - 3:217,348; n pr f AV - Jezebel 1; 1 Jezebel = "chaste" 1) wife of Ahab, an impious and cruel queen who protected idolatry and persecuted the prophets 2) the symbolic name of a woman who pretended to be a prophetess, and who, addicted to antinomianism, claimed Christian liberty of eating things sacrificed to idols
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2454 Ioudaismos {ee-oo-dah-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 2450; TDNT - 3:356,372;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Jews' religion 2; 2 1) µS¤Ó¤Hªº«H¤ß»P·q«ôÆg¬ü, µS¤Ó±Ð, µS¤Ó±Ð±Ð¸q (#¥[ 1:13-14|)

2454 Ioudaismos {ee-oo-dah-is-mos'} from 2450; TDNT - 3:356,372; n m AV - Jews' religion 2; 2 1) the Jewish faith and worship, religion of the Jews, Judaism
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2459 Ioustos {ee-ooce'-tos} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å ("¤½¥¿ªº"); ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Justus (of Corinth) 1, Justus (surnamed Barabbas) 1, Justus (Jesus, a fellow worker of Paul) 1; 3 µS¤h³£ = "¤½¥¿ªº" 1) ¤Ú¼»¤Ú¬ù·æªº¥t¤@¦W¦r (#®{ 1:23|) 2) ´£¦hµS¤h³£:­ôªL¦hªº¤@¦W«H®{ (#®{ 18:7|) 3) «OùªºªB¤Í­C¼Æªº¦W¦r (#¦è 4:11|)

2459 Ioustos {ee-ooce'-tos} of Latin origin ("just");; n pr m AV - Justus (of Corinth) 1, Justus (surnamed Barabbas) 1, Justus (Jesus, a fellow worker of Paul) 1; 3 Justus = "just" 1) a surname of Joseph, called Barsabas. Acts 1:23 2) of Titus, a Christian at Corinth, with whom Paul lodged. Acts 18:7 3) a surname of Jesus, a friend of Paul. Col. 4:11
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2663 katapausis {kat-ap'-ow-sis} ·½©ó 2664; TDNT - 3:628,419; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - rest 9; 9 1) ÀR¤î¦w®§ 1a) ­·ÀR®ð¤î 2) ¥i¦w¾Íªº¦a¤è 2a) Áô³ë. »P¯«¦P¦bªº¦w®§, ¬OÍ¢À³³\°ò·þªº°í«HªÌ¦bÃã¤F¦b¤W¥@ªº³Ò­W­«¾á«á©Ò ¯à¤À¨Éªº

2663 katapausis {kat-ap'-ow-sis} from 2664; TDNT - 3:628,419; n f AV - rest 9; 9 1) a putting to rest 1a) calming of the winds 2) a resting place 2a) metaph. the heavenly blessedness in which God dwells, and of which he has promised to make persevering believers in Christ partakers after the toils and trials of life on earth are ended
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2752 keleuma {kel'-yoo-mah} ·½©ó 2753; TDNT - 3:656,*; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - shout 1; 1 1) ¤@­Ó«ü¥O, ©R¥O, §ó½T©w¦a»¡, «ü¥H¤@ºØ§q¥s, ©I³Ûªº¤è¦¡©Òµo¥X, ¥H¶Ê¹G±Ä¨ú¦æ°Êªº. ¤£½×¬O°Êª«³Q¤H¥s³êÅXµ¦, ¦p°¨³Q¾r¾Ô¨®ªº¤h§L¶Ê«P, Ây¤ü³QÂy¤H©I¥sµ¥µ¥; ©Î¬Oµ¹»P¤Hªº ¤@­Ó«H¸¹, ¦p²î¥Dµ¹¦E²î¤âªº¤f¥O, «ü´§©x¹ï¤h§L¤U¹Fªº©R¥O(¥H¤f¥O©Î¸¹¨¤¶Ç¹F)µ¥µ¥

2752 keleuma {kel'-yoo-mah} from 2753; TDNT - 3:656,*; n n AV - shout 1; 1 1) an order, command, spec. a stimulating cry, either that by which animals are roused and urged on by man, as horses by charioteers, hounds by hunters, etc., or that by which a signal is given to men, e.g. to rowers by the master of a ship, to soldiers by a commander (with a loud summons, a trumpet call)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2756 kenos {ken-os'} «ÜÅãµMªº¬O­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 3:659,426; §Î®eµü AV - vain 9, in vain 4, empty 4, vain things 1; 18 1) ªÅªº,®{³Òªº, ¯Ê¥F¯u²zªº 1a) ¹ï¦a¤è©Î¬O²îµ¥µ¥ªº¨Ó»¡¡A¨º¸Ì¨S¦³¥ô¦óªF¦è 1b) ¹ï¤H¨Ó»¡ 1b1) ªÅ¤â 1b2) ¨S¦³±a§ª« 1c) Áô³ë. ¯Ê¥F¤ßÆFªº°]´I, ¤@­Ó¤H¦Û§j¦Û¾Ý¥Lªº«H¤ß¦n¹³«D±`¨ô¶Vªº°]²£, ¦ý¬O«o¨S¦³«H¤ßªºªG¤l 1d) Áô³ë. §V¤O¡B³Ò°Ê¡B¬¡°Ê¦ý¬O«o¾É­P¨S¦³¥ô¦óªG®Ä,®{³ÒµL¥\ ,µL®Äªº ,¨S¦³¥ô¦óµ²ªG 1d1) ¨S¦³¥Øªºªº®{³Ò

2756 kenos {ken-os'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:659,426; adj AV - vain 9, in vain 4, empty 4, vain things 1; 18 1) empty, vain, devoid of truth 1a) of places, vessels, etc. which contain nothing 1b) of men 1b1) empty handed 1b2) without a gift 1c) metaph. destitute of spiritual wealth, of one who boasts of his faith as a transcendent possession, yet is without the fruits of faith 1d) metaph. of endeavours, labours, acts, which result in nothing, vain, fruitless, without effect 1d1) vain of no purpose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2782 kerugma {kay'-roog-mah} ·½¦Û 2784; TDNT - 3:714,430; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - preaching 8; 8 1) ¶Ç³ê©x©Òµo§Gªº¤½¥Ü, 2) ·s¬ù¤¤¶Ç»¼¤W«Ò¸Ü»yªº¨ÏªÌ©Î«ÅÁ¿¨Ó¦Û°ò·þªº«H®§ªº¤H

2782 kerugma {kay'-roog-mah} from 2784; TDNT - 3:714,430; n n AV - preaching 8; 8 1) that which is proclaimed by a herald or public crier, a proclamation by herald 2) in the NT the message or proclamation of the heralds of God or Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2783 kerux {kay'-roox} ·½©ó 2784; TDNT - 3:683,430;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - preacher 3; 3 1) ³Q±Â¤©¦V¥Á²³¶Ç»¼©Î«Å§i«H®§ªºÅv¤Oªº¤H, ­t³d¶Ç¹F°ê¤ý, ªø©x, ¦U¦aªº²ÎªvªÌªº«H®§, ©M­x¶¤ªº©R¥Oªº¤H, ©Î¬O¥l³ê¥Á²³µ¹»P«ü¥Ü, ¤Î¦æ¨Ï¨ä¥¦ºØºØ³d¥ôªº¤H. ¦b·s¤¤«ü¯«ªº ¨ÏªÌ, ©M¶Ç»¼©Î«Å´­¯«ªº¸Ü»yªº¤H.

2783 kerux {kay'-roox} from 2784; TDNT - 3:683,430; n m AV - preacher 3; 3 1) a herald or messenger vested with public authority, who conveyed the official messages of kings, magistrates, princes, military commanders, or who gave a public summons or demand, and performed various other duties. In the NT God's ambassador, and the herald or proclaimer of the divine word.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2812 kleptes {klep'-tace} ·½©ó 2813; TDNT - 3:754,441;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - thief 16; 16 1) µs¥ÎªÌ, ¤ò¸é 1a) ³o­Ó¦WºÙ³Q­É¥Î¨Ó«ü°²±Ð®v­Ì, ¥L­Ì¨Ã¤£¯uÃö¤ß±Ð¾É¤Hªº¨Æ, ¤Ï¦ÓÀݥΤHªº«H¤ß¥HÀò¨ú§Q¯q ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5856

2812 kleptes {klep'-tace} from 2813; TDNT - 3:754,441; n m AV - thief 16; 16 1) an embezzler, pilferer 1a) the name is transferred to false teachers, who do not care to instruct men, but abuse their confidence for their own gain For Synonyms see entry 5856
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2889 kosmos {kos'-mos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 2865 ªº°ò¥»³¡¤À; TDNT - 3:868,459; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- world 186, adorning 1; 187 1) ¤@ºØ«ê·í©M©M¨óªº¦w±Æ©Î²Õ¦X¡A¯´§Ç¡AÅé¨î¡C 2) ­×¹¢¡A§©¹¢¡A¬ü¹¢, ¥ç§Y ¸s¬Pªº§G¸m¡C '¤Ñ­x', ´N¬O¤Ñ¤Wªº§©¹¢¡C ©¼«e3:3 3) ¥@¬É, ¦t©z¡C 4) ¦a²yªº©P³ò, ¦a²y¡C 5) ¦a²y¤Wªº©~¥Á,¤H, ¤HÃþ 6) ¤£·q¬È¯«ªº²³¤H; ©Ò¦³¨º¨ÇÂ÷¶}¯«ªº¤H, ¦]¦¹¤]´N¬O¹ï°ò·þªº¨Æ¦³¼Ä·Nªº¤H¡C 7) ¦a¤Wªº¨Æ°È, Äݦa¨Æª«ªº¶°¦X¡C 7a) ¤@¤ÁÄݦa¨Æª«ªº½d³ò, °]´I,Àu¶Õ,¼Ö½ì¡Aµ¥µ¥ Áö¬OªÅµê¡A®e©ö¯}¸H¡A©Mµu¼Èªº¡F«o·|¬D°Ê¼¤±æ¡A ³Q¤Þ»¤Â÷¶}¯«¡A¨Ã¥B·|¦¨¬°°ò·þ¥Ø¼Ðªºªýê¡C 8) ¥ô¦ó¤@ºØ¯S©w¨Æª«ªº¶°¦X©M·J¶° 8a) ¥~¨¹¤H¡A»P¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº¹ï·Ó (ù. 11:12 µ¥) 8b) ±M«ü«H®{, ¬ù 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47 ªL«e. 4:9; ªL«á. 5:19

2889 kosmos {kos'-mos} probably from the base of 2865; TDNT - 3:868,459; n m AV - world 186, adorning 1; 187 1) an apt and harmonious arrangement or constitution, order, government 2) ornament, decoration, adornment, i.e. the arrangement of the stars, 'the heavenly hosts', as the ornament of the heavens. 1 Pet. 3:3 3) the world, the universe 4) the circle of the earth, the earth 5) the inhabitants of the earth, men, the human family 6) the ungodly multitude; the whole mass of men alienated from God, and therefore hostile to the cause of Christ 7) world affairs, the aggregate of things earthly 7a) the whole circle of earthly goods, endowments riches, advantages, pleasures, etc, which although hollow and frail and fleeting, stir desire, seduce from God and are obstacles to the cause of Christ 8) any aggregate or general collection of particulars of any sort 8a) the Gentiles as contrasted to the Jews (Rom. 11:12 etc) 8b) of believers only, John 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47 1 Cor. 4:9; 2 Cor. 5:19
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2890 Kouartos {koo'-ar-tos} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å (²Ä¥|); ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Quartus 1; 1 ¬A¤h = "²Ä¥|" 1) ¤@¦W«H®{ (#ù 16:23|)

2890 Kouartos {koo'-ar-tos} of Latin origin (fourth);; n pr m AV - Quartus 1; 1 Quartus = "fourth" 1) a Roman; probably before he lived at Rome, and therefore sends his salutations to the Christians there: he is mentioned among the seventy disciples, and said to be bishop of Berytus. (Gill)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2937 ktisis {ktis'-is} ·½©ó 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - creature 11, creation 6, building 1, ordinance 1; 19 1) ³]¥ß, «Ø¥ß, «Ø³y µ¥µ¥ 1a) ³Ð³y, ¶}³Ð 1b) ³Ð³y, ¥ç§Y ¦³¨Æª«³Q³Ð³y 1b1) «ü¨C¤@­Ó¨Æª«, ¤H, ¥Íª«, ³Ð³yª« 1b1a) ¥ô¦ó³Q³y¤§ª« 1b1b) ©Ô¤ñªº¥Îªk(«ü­ì¨Ó«ô°¸¹³ªº¤H§ï«HµS¤Ó±Ðªº¤H) 1b1c) ©Ò¦³¨ü³yª«ªº¶°¦X©ÎÁ`ºÙ 1c) ¨î«×, ªk³W

2937 ktisis {ktis'-is} from 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; n f AV - creature 11, creation 6, building 1, ordinance 1; 19 1) the act of founding, establishing, building etc 1a) the act of creating, creation 1b) creation i.e. thing created 1b1) of individual things, beings, a creature, a creation 1b1a) anything created 1b1b) after a rabbinical usage (by which a man converted from idolatry to Judaism was called) 1b1c) the sum or aggregate of things created 1c) institution, ordinance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3044 Linos {lee'-nos} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Linus 1; 1 §Q¥£ = "ºô¤l" 1) «Où»P´£¼¯¤Ó»{ÃѪº¤@¦ì¦í¦bù°¨ªº«H®{ (#´£«á 4:21|)

3044 Linos {lee'-nos} perhaps from 3043;; n pr m AV - Linus 1; 1 Linus = "a net" 1) a Christian at Rome, known to Paul and to Timothy, 2 Ti. 4:21, who was the first bishop of Rome after the apostles (A.D. 64)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3049 logizomai {log-id'-zom-ahee} 3056 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 4:284,536; °Êµü AV - think 9, impute 8, reckon 6, count 5, account 4, suppose 2, reason 1, number 1, misc 5; 41 1) ¦Ò¼{, ¼Æºâ, ­pºâ, ºâ­p, ¼Æ¼Æ¥Ø 1a) ¦C¤J¦Ò¼{, ¦Ò¼{, ­p¤Î 1a1) Áô³ë. ºâ¨ì¥L¤HÀY¤W, Âk¸o, ¶ùº× 1a2) §â¬Y¨Æª«ºâ§@¬O¥t¤@­Ó, ¥ç§Y ¦³¬Û¦P©Î¬Ûµ¥ªº¥\®Ä, ¤ñ¦pÃþ¦üªº¤O¶q©Î­«¶qµ¥ 1b) ¦b...¼Æºâ, ­pºâ... 1c) ¦Ò¼{, »{¬° 2) ²q·Q¦Ò¼{, µûÂ_¦UºØ­ì¦], ²`«ä¼ô¼{, ¦n¦n·Q·Q 3) §â©Ò¦³ªº¦]¯À¦C¤J¦Ò¼{, ±À´ú©Î±ÀÂ_ 3a) ¦Ò¼{, ¦C¤J¦Ò¼{, µû¦ô, «ä¦Ò­p¹º 3b) ±À´ú, ¬Û«H, §PÂ_ 3c) ¨MÂ_, ¤U¨M¤ß, ¨M©w

3049 logizomai {log-id'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 3056; TDNT - 4:284,536; v AV - think 9, impute 8, reckon 6, count 5, account 4, suppose 2, reason 1, number 1, misc 5; 41 1) to reckon, count, compute, calculate, count over 1a) to take into account, to make an account of 1a1) metaph. to pass to one's account, to impute 1a2) a thing is reckoned as or to be something, i.e. as availing for or equivalent to something, as having the like force and weight 1b) to number among, reckon with 1c) to reckon or account 2) to reckon inward, count up or weigh the reasons, to deliberate 3) by reckoning up all the reasons, to gather or infer 3a) to consider, take into account, weigh, meditate on 3b) to suppose, deem, judge 3c) to determine, purpose, decide
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3053 logismos {log-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 3049; TDNT - 4:284,536;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - thought 1, imagination 1; 2 1) ­pºâ, ±À´ú 2) ¤ñ¦p»P°ò·þ®{ªº«H¤ß¬Û¬»Ä²ªº²z´¼, ±À²z 3) ·í¨}¤ß§@¥Î®Éªº§PÂ_, ¨M¾Ü (#ù 21:5; ªL«á 10:5|)

3053 logismos {log-is-mos'} from 3049; TDNT - 4:284,536; n m AV - thought 1, imagination 1; 2 1) a reckoning, computation 2) a reasoning: such as is hostile to the Christian faith 3) a judgment, decision: such as conscience passes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3070 Ludia {loo-dee'-ah} ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, ³±©Ê of Ludios [of foreign origin] (a Lydian, in Asia Minor);;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lydia 2; 2 §f©³¨È= "¨¯¶Ô³Ò°Ê" 1) ±À¶®±À³â¦a°Ïªº¤@­Ó¤k¤H, ³c½æµµ¦â¬V®Æ, ¬°²Ä¤@­Ó³Q«Où¶ÇºÖ­µÂà«H°ò·þ±Ðªº¼Ú¬w¤H, ¨Ã±µ«Ý«Où©ó²Ä¤@¦¸µÌ§Q¤ñ¤§¦æ (#®{ 16:14,40|)

3070 Ludia {loo-dee'-ah} properly, feminine of Ludios [of foreign origin] (a Lydian, in Asia Minor);; n pr f AV - Lydia 2; 2 Lydia = "travail" 1) a woman of Thyatira, a seller of purple, the first European convert of Paul, and afterward his hostess during his first stay at Philippi
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3100 matheteuo {math-ayt-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 3101; TDNT - 4:461,552; °Êµü AV - teach 2, instruct 1, be disciple 1; 4 1) ¦¨¬°¬Y¤Hªº«H®{, ªù®{, °lÀHªÌ 1a) ¸òÀH¨ä°V»|»P±Ð»£ 2) ²£¥Í«H®{, ªù®{, °lÀHªÌ 2a) ±Ð¾É, «ü¥Ü

3100 matheteuo {math-ayt-yoo'-o} from 3101; TDNT - 4:461,552; v AV - teach 2, instruct 1, be disciple 1; 4 1) to be a disciple of one 1a) to follow his precepts and instructions 2) to make a disciple 2a) to teach, instruct
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3144 martus {mar'-toos} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 4:474,564;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - witness 29, martyr 3, record 2; 34 1) ¨£ÃÒ, ÃÒ¤H 1a) «ü¦bªk«ß¤WªºÃÒ¤H 1b) «ü¾ú¥v¨Æ¥ó¤W 1b1) ¬Y­Ó¨Æ¥óµo¥Í®Éªº®ÇÆ[ªÌ, ¤ñ¦p, ¬Y­ÓÄvÁɤ¤ªºÆ[²³ 1c) «ü¹D¼w­Û²z¤è­± 1c1) «ü¨º¨Ç®î¹D¦Ó¹üÅã¤F¥L­Ì¹ï°ò·þ«H¥õªº°í­s¯u¸Ûªº¤H

3144 martus {mar'-toos} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:474,564; n m AV - witness 29, martyr 3, record 2; 34 1) a witness 1a) in a legal sense 1b) an historical sense 1b1) one who is a spectator of anything, e.g. of a contest 1c) in an ethical sense 1c1) those who after his example have proved the strength and genuineness of their faith in Christ by undergoing a violent death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3375 men {mane} 3303 ªº¥[±j«¬;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - surely + 2229 1; 1 1) ½T«H¦a, ªÖ©w¦a, ¤d¯u¸U½T¦a

3375 men {mane} a stronger form of 3303;; particle AV - surely + 2229 1; 1 1) verily, certainly, truly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3428 moichalis {moy-khal-is'} a prolonged form of the ³±©Ê of 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - adulterous 3, adulteress 3, adultery 1; 7 1) ²]°ü 2) ¯«»P¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº¿Ë±KÃö«Y´N¦n¤ñ±B«Ã, ©Ò¥H¨º¨Ç¤S­«¦^±R«ô°¸¹³ªº¤H, ´N¦n¤ñ¥Ç¤F«Á²]©Î ´N¬O¦p²]°ü¤@¯ë 2a) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk, ¬Û·í©ó»¡¤£«H¯«ªº, ¤£¼ä²bªº, ¥~¨¹¤H

3428 moichalis {moy-khal-is'} a prolonged form of the feminine of 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; n f AV - adulterous 3, adulteress 3, adultery 1; 7 1) an adulteress 2) as the intimate alliance of God with the people of Israel was likened to a marriage, those who relapse into idolatry are said to commit adultery or play the harlot 2a) fig. equiv. to faithless to God, unclean, apostate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3432 moichos {moy-khos'} ¥i¯à¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r; TDNT - 4:729,605;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - adulterer 4; 4 1) «Á¤Ò, «¹ÀY 2) Áô³ë. «ü¤£«H¯«ªº¤H, ¤£Äݯ«ªº¤H

3432 moichos {moy-khos'} perhaps a primary word; TDNT - 4:729,605; n m AV - adulterer 4; 4 1) an adulterer 2) metaph. one who is faithless toward God, ungodly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3438 mone {mon-ay'} ·½¦Û 3306; TDNT - 4:579,581; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - mansion 1, abode 1; 2 1) °±¯d¤§³B, ©~©Ò, ¦í©Ò 2) ¨Ï©~¦í, °±¯d 3) Áô³ë. ¸tÆF©~¦í¦b¤Z«Hªº¤H¨­¤W (#¬ù 14:23|)

3438 mone {mon-ay'} from 3306; TDNT - 4:579,581; n f AV - mansion 1, abode 1; 2 1) a staying, abiding, dwelling, abode 2) to make an (one's) abode 3) metaph. of the God the Holy Spirit indwelling believers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3474 moros {mo-ros'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3466 ªº°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 4:832,620; §Î®eµü AV - foolish 7, fool 5, foolishness 1; 13 1) ·MÄøªº 2) ¤£«Hªº, µL¯«ªº

3474 moros {mo-ros'} probably from the base of 3466; TDNT - 4:832,620; adj AV - foolish 7, fool 5, foolishness 1; 13 1) foolish 2) impious, godless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3483 nai {nahee} ªí±j¯P ¥D±i, Â_¨¥ ªº°ò¥»½èµü/»y§Uµü;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - yea 23, even so 5, yes 3, truth 1, verily 1, surely 1; 34 1) ªÖ©w, ¹ê¦b, ¯uªº, ½T«HµLºÃ¦a, ½T¹ê¦p¦¹

3483 nai {nahee} a primary particle of strong affirmation;; particle AV - yea 23, even so 5, yes 3, truth 1, verily 1, surely 1; 34 1) yea, verily, truly, assuredly, even so
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3504 neophutos {neh-of'-oo-tos} ·½¦Û 3501 and a derivative of 5453;; §Î®eµü AV - novice 1; 1 1) ­è®âºØ¤Þ¶iªº 1a) ·s¬Ô¨ÌªÌ, ·s«H®{ (ªì«Hªº°ò·þ®{) (#´£«e 3:6|)

3504 neophutos {neh-of'-oo-tos} from 3501 and a derivative of 5453;; adj AV - novice 1; 1 1) newly planted 1a) a new convert, neophyte (one who has recently become a Christian)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3532 Nikolaos {nik-ol'-ah-os} ·½¦Û 3534 ©M 2994;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nicolas 1; 1 ¥§­ô©Ô = "¤H¥Áªº³Ó§Q" 1) ¦w´£ªüªº§ï«H¥õªÌ, ­C¸ô¼»§N±Ð·|ªº¤C¦ì°õ¨Æ¤§¤@

3532 Nikolaos {nik-ol'-ah-os} from 3534 and 2994;; n pr m AV - Nicolas 1; 1 Nicolas = "victor of the people" 1) was a proselyte of Antioch and one of the seven deacons of the church at Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3551 nomos {nom'-os} from a primary nemo (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); TDNT - 4:1022,646;¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- law 197; 197 1) ¥ô¦ó³Q¨î©wªº¨Æª«¡A¥ô¦ó¦]µÛ¨Ï¥Î¦Ó³Q©Ó»{ªº¨Æª«¡A¤@ºØ²ß«U¡A¤@­Óªk«h¡A¤@±ø»|©R 1a) «ü¥ô¦ó¤@ºØªk«ß¦Ó¨¥ 1a1) ¤@ºØ«ßªk©Î³W©w¡A²£¥Í¥X³Q©Ò»{¥iªº¤@ºØ¤ßºA 1a1a) Âǥѫߪkªº¿í¦u¦Ó³Q¯«©Ò»{¥i 1a2) ¤@ºØ»{ª¾©Î³d§Ù 1a3) ¦]±¡²z¦Ó©w¤Uªº¦æ¬°·Ç«h 1b) «ü¼¯¦èªº«ßªk¡A©M»P¨ä¦³Ãöªº¡A¹ï¨ä­I´ºªº¸ÑÄÀ¡A¥]¬A¹ï«ßªkªº®Ñ¨÷©Î¬O«ßªk¤º®eªº¸ÑÄÀ 1c) «ü°ò·þ®{ªº«H¥õ¡G¨º­Ó¹ï«H¤ß¦³­n¨Dªº«ßªk¡A¨º­Ó°ò·þ©Ò¶ÇÁ¿ªº¦³Ãö¹D¼wªº±Ð¾É¡A¯S§O¬O ¦³Ãö©ó·Rªº¨ººØ»{ª¾ 1d) «ü¨º­Ó¸û¬°­«­n³¡¥÷ªº¦WºÙ(¼¯¦è¤­¸g),³Q¥Î¨Óªí¥Ü¬ù©Ò¦³¯«¸t®Ñ¨÷ªºÁ`¶°

3551 nomos {nom'-os} from a primary nemo (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); TDNT - 4:1022,646; n m AV - law 197; 197 1) anything established, anything received by usage, a custom, a law, a command 1a) of any law whatsoever 1a1) a law or rule producing a state approved of God 1a1a) by the observance of which is approved of God 1a2) a precept or injunction 1a3) the rule of action prescribed by reason 1b) of the Mosaic law, and referring, acc. to the context. either to the volume of the law or to its contents 1c) the Christian religion: the law demanding faith, the moral instruction given by Christ, esp. the precept concerning love 1d) the name of the more important part (the Pentateuch), is put for the entire collection of the sacred books of the OT
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3619 oikodome {oy-kod-om-ay'} ³±©Ê (abstract) of a compound of 3624 and the base of 1430; TDNT - 5:144,674; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ³y´N 7, «Ø³] 6, ³y´N 4, (¬Y¤H)¦]¦Ó±o³y´N 1; 18 1) (¥D°Ê) «Ø³], «Ø¥ß 2) Áô³ë. ³y´N 2a) ¬Y¤H¥D°ÊÀ°§U¥t¤@¦ì«H®{¦b´¼¼z¡B·q°@¡B³ß¼Ö©M¸t¼äµ¥¤è­±ªº¦¨ªø 3) ¤@®y«Ø¿vª« (¥ç§Y ³Q«Ø¤§ª«, ³Qºc«ä¤§ª«)

3619 oikodome {oy-kod-om-ay'} feminine (abstract) of a compound of 3624 and the base of 1430; TDNT - 5:144,674; n f AV - edifying 7, building 6, edification 4, wherewith (one) may edify 1; 18 1) (the act of) building, building up 2) metaph. edifying, edification 2a) the act of one who promotes another's growth in Christian wisdom, piety, happiness, holiness 3) a building (i.e. the thing built, edifice)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3640 oligopistos {ol-ig-op'-is-tos} ·½¦Û 3641 ¤Î 4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - of little faith 5; 5 1) ¤p«H, «H¤ß¤Ó¤Ö

3640 oligopistos {ol-ig-op'-is-tos} from 3641 and 4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; n f AV - of little faith 5; 5 1) of little faith, trusting too little
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3671 homologia {hom-ol-og-ee'-ah} »P 3670 ¦P·½; TDNT - 5:199,687; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - profession 4, confession 1, professed 1; 6 1) ¤½¶}©Ó»{ 1a) ¥DÆ[©Êªº·N«ä: «ü«ÅºÙ¬Y¤H¬O©M§Ú­Ì¤@°_ªº 1b) «ÈÅé©Êªº¥Îªk: «H©À, «Å§i[§i¸Ñ, Äb®¬], ¥ç§Y «ü¹ï¸oªº©Ó»{

3671 homologia {hom-ol-og-ee'-ah} from the same as 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; n f AV - profession 4, confession 1, professed 1; 6 1) profession 1a) subjectively: whom we profess to be ours 1b) objectively: profession [confession] i.e. what one professes [confesses]
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3686 onoma {on'-om-ah} ·½©ó¤@­Ó³Q»{¬°¬O¥Ñ1097¦r®Ú­l¥Íªº¦r (°Ñ¨£ 3685); TDNT - 5:242,694; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - name 194, named 28, called 4, surname + 2007 2, named + 2564 1, not tr 1; 230 1) ¦W¦r : ³q«ü¥¿¦¡ªº¦WºÙ 2) «ü©M¤@¦W¦r©Ò«üªº¤@¤Á¦³Ãöªº¨Æ, «ü¦]´£¤Î, Å¥¨ì, ©Î¦^¾Ð°_¤@¦W¦Ó³s·Q¨ìªº¤@¤Á¬ÛÃö ¸Ó¦W¦rªº¨Æ. ¥ç§Y¦p¤H¤§¦a¦ì, «Â«H, ¿³½ì, ³ß¦n, Åv¤O, ÀuÂI, ¦Ó¥\Âݵ¥µ¥ 3) ¥H¦W¸¹¬°°Oªº¤H 4) ¦]¦Ó©R¦Wªº­ì¦]©Î²z¥Ñ: ¦b¦¹·N¸q¤W, «ü¨ä¦]¹³°ò·þ®{¦Ó¨ü­W, ¦]¦Ó±o³o¦W

3686 onoma {on'-om-ah} from a presumed derivative of the base of 1097 (cf 3685); TDNT - 5:242,694; n n AV - name 194, named 28, called 4, surname + 2007 2, named + 2564 1, not tr 1; 230 1) name: univ. of proper names 2) the name is used for everything which the name covers, everything the thought or feeling of which is aroused in the mind by mentioning, hearing, remembering, the name, i.e. for one's rank, authority, interests, pleasure, command, excellences, deeds etc. 3) persons reckoned up by name 4) the cause or reason named: on this account, because he suffers as a Christian, for this reason
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3845 parabaino {par-ab-ah'-ee-no} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 939 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 5:736,772; °Êµü AV - transgression 3, fall by transgression 1; 4 1) ¥Ñ¨ä®Ç¶¹L¥h 2) ¶V¹L©Î¶¹L¤@ª«¦Ó¥¼©M¨ä¦³¥ô¦ó±µÄ² 3) ½ñ¹L..., ¹L¤À(ëƤF¤À), »´©¿, ¹H¥Ç, ëƶV 4) ¶V¹L¤£²z©ÎÂàÂ÷¦Ó¥h 4a) Â÷¶}, Â÷±ó, ³Q¿ò±ó 5) ©ñ±ó¹ï¥L¤Hªº«H¥ôªº¤H

3845 parabaino {par-ab-ah'-ee-no} from 3844 and the base of 939; TDNT - 5:736,772; v AV - transgression 3, fall by transgression 1; 4 1) to go by the side of 2) to go past or pass over without touching a thing 3) to overstep, neglect, violate, transgress 4) so to go past as to turn aside from 4a) to depart, leave, be turned from 5) one who abandons his trust
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3908 paratithemi {par-at-ith'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 5087; TDNT - 8:162,1176; °Êµü AV - set before 9, commit 3, commend 3, put forth 2, commit the keeping of 1, allege 1; 19 1) ¸m©ó...¤§«e (¦P±`«ü­¹ª«) 2) Âǵ۱оɧe²{,»¡©ú,ÂI¥X 3) «H°U,ªí´­ 3a)±N¨Æ±¡¥æ°Uµ¹¬Y¤H 3b)±N¬Y¤H¥æµ¹¥t¤@¤H«OÅ@

3908 paratithemi {par-at-ith'-ay-mee} from 3844 and 5087; TDNT - 8:162,1176; v AV - set before 9, commit 3, commend 3, put forth 2, commit the keeping of 1, allege 1; 19 1) to place beside or near or set before 1a) food, i.e. food placed on a table 1b) to set before (one) in teaching 1c) to set forth (from one's self), to explain 2) to place down (from one's self or for one's self) with any one 2a) to deposit 2b) to intrust, commit to one's charge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3954 parrhesia {par-rhay-see'-ah} ·½©ó 3956 ©M¤@­Ó­l¥Í©ó 4483 ªº¦r; TDNT - 5:871,794; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - boldness 8, confidence 6, openly 4, plainly 4, openly + 1722 2, boldly + 1722 1, misc 6; 31 1) ¨¥½×ªº¦Û¥Ñ, ©ZµM¶D»¡ 1a) ¤½¶}, ©Z¥Õ¦a»¡¥X, ¥ç§Y ¨S¦³¤°»òíÂêº 1b) ¨S¦³¼Ò¸W¨â¥i©Î©äÅs©Ù¨¤ªº 1c) ¤£¨Ï¥Î©â¶H²Å¸¹©M¹ï¤ñªº 2) ©ZµMµLÄߪº«H¤ß, ©ñÁxªº, «i´±, ¦³§â´¤ªº«H¤ß 3) ·|¤Þ°_§O¤Hª`·N©Î¤½¶}ªº¦æ¬°

3954 parrhesia {par-rhay-see'-ah} from 3956 and a derivative of 4483; TDNT - 5:871,794; n f AV - boldness 8, confidence 6, openly 4, plainly 4, openly + 1722 2, boldly + 1722 1, misc 6; 31 1) freedom in speaking, unreservedness in speech 1a) openly, frankly, i.e without concealment 1b) without ambiguity or circumlocution 1c) without the use of figures and comparisons 2) free and fearless confidence, cheerful courage, boldness, assurance 3) the deportment by which one becomes conspicuous or secures publicity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3955 parrhesiazomai {par-hray-see-ad'-zom-ahee} 3954 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 5:871,794; °Êµü AV - speak boldly 4, preach boldly 1, be bold 1, wax bold 1, boldly 1, freely 1; 9 1) ¨¥½×ªº¦Û¥Ñ, ¦Û¥Ñ­z»¡ 1a) ¦Û¥Ñ­z»¡ 2) «H¤ß¼Wªø, ¦³Áx¶q, ¦³§â´¤, ©ñÁx¦Ó¦æ

3955 parrhesiazomai {par-hray-see-ad'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 3954; TDNT - 5:871,794; v AV - speak boldly 4, preach boldly 1, be bold 1, wax bold 1, boldly 1, freely 1; 9 1) to use freedom in speaking, be free spoken 1a) to speak freely 2) to grow confident, have boldness, show assurance, assume a bold bearing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3972 Paulos {pow'-los} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Paul 163, Paulus (the deputy) 1; 164 «Où = ¡u¤pªº©Î¤Öªº¡v 1) «Où¬O³Ì¦³¦Wªº¨Ï®{, ¼g¤F¦n¤@³¡¤Àºëªöªº·s¬ù, ¤]´N¬O¤Q¥|¨÷«Où®Ñ«H 2) ¤h¨D«Où¬O©~¤ñ¸ôªº¥Nªí©Î°Æ»â¨Æ, Å¥»¡¬°¤Hºë©ú , ºÞ²z¨Æ°È, ¬O¤è§B (#®{ 13:7|)

3972 Paulos {pow'-los} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Paul 163, Paulus (the deputy) 1; 164 Paul or Paulus = "small or little" 1) Paul was the most famous of the apostles and wrote a good part of the NT, the 14 Pauline epistles 2) Paulus was a deputy or pro-consul of Cyprus and is said to be a prudent man, in the management of affairs, as a governor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3982 peitho {pi'-tho} ¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü; TDNT - 6:1,818; °Êµü AV - persuade 22, trust 8, obey 7, have confidence 6, believe 3, be confident 2, misc 7; 55 1) ÄUªA 1a) »¡ªA, ¥ç§Y ¥Î¸Ü»y¨Ï¤H¬Û«H 1b) ¥æªB¤Í, ±o¨ì¬Y¤Hªº³ß·R, Àò±o¤Hªº¦n¦L¶H, ©Î«ü¥ø¹Ïª§¨úÀò±o¬Y¤H, §V¤O¥h°Q¦n¬Y¤H 1c) ¨Ï¥­ÀR 1d) ¨Ï«HªA, ¥ç§Y ¹ª°Ê¬Y¤H¨Ï¨ä¥[¤J¬Y­Ó«H¥õ©Î¬y¬£¦Ó°µ¬Y¨Æ 2) ³Q»¡ªA 2a) ³Q»¡ªA, Åý¦Û¤v³QÄUªA; ¬Û«H: ¹ï¬Y¨Æ¦³«H¤ß 2a1) ¬Û«H 2a2) ³Q»¡ªA¦Ó¬Û«HÃö©ó¬Y¤Hªº¨Æ 2b) Å¥±q, ªA±q, ©}±q©ó, ¿í±q 3) «H¥ô, ¦³«H¤ß, ¦³«H¤ßªº

3982 peitho {pi'-tho} a primary verb; TDNT - 6:1,818; v AV - persuade 22, trust 8, obey 7, have confidence 6, believe 3, be confident 2, misc 7; 55 1) persuade 1a) to persuade, i.e. to induce one by words to believe 1b) to make friends of, to win one's favour, gain one's good will, or to seek to win one, strive to please one 1c) to tranquillise 1d) to persuade unto i.e. move or induce one to persuasion to do something 2) be persuaded 2a) to be persuaded, to suffer one's self to be persuaded; to be induced to believe: to have faith: in a thing 2a1) to believe 2a2) to be persuaded of a thing concerning a person 2b) to listen to, obey, yield to, comply with 3) to trust, have confidence, be confident
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3985 peirazo {pi-rad'-zo} ·½©ó 3984; TDNT - 6:23,822; °Êµü AV - tempt 29, try 4, tempter 2, prove 1, assay 1, examine 1, go about 1; 39 1) ¸Õ¬Ý¬Ý¬Y¨Æ¬O§_¥i¦¨´N 1a) À|¸Õ, ¥ø¹Ï 2) ¸ÕÅç, ´ú¸Õ: ¬°¤F­n¬d©ú½T©w¥Lªºµ{«×, ¥L¦b·Q¤°»ò, ©Î¥L±N·|¦p¦ó°µ 2a) «ü¦b¦nªº¤è­±¦Ó¨¥. 2b) ¦bÃaªº¤è­±¦Ó¨¥, ´c·Nªº¸Õ±´¬Y¤H, ¥H¬¾¶Bªº¤â¬q¦ÒÅç¤Hªº·P±¡©Î§PÂ_ 2c) ¥H¸oªº»¤´b¨Ó¸ÕÅç©Î¦ÒÅç¬Y¤Hªº«H¤ß, «~¼w, ¤H®æ, ­Ó©Ê 2c1) ¸oªº¤Þ»¤, »¤´b 1c1a) Å]°­ªº»¤´b 2d) ¬ù®É¥N¥H«áªº¥Îªk 2d1) «ü°ß¤@ªº¯«: ÅýÅ]°­¹ï¤H¬I¥H§@¬°, ¥HÃÒ©ú¸Ó¤Hªº¦b«H¥õ¤Wªº°í©w¤£²¾¤ÎÄÝ©Ê 2d2) ¤H¦]¹ï¯«ªºÃhºÃ¦Ó«_¥Ç¤F¯«, ¤ñ¦p¤H·Q¸Õ¸Õ¬Ý¯«¬O§_¬O¯u¹ê¥i«Hªº 2d3) ¥H¤£°@¸Û©Î¨¸´cªº¤èªk¥h¸Õ±´¯«ªº¤½¸q¤Î­@¤ß©M¬D¾Ô¯«, ­n¯«¨ÓÃÒ©úÍ¢ªº§¹¬ü©Ê

3985 peirazo {pi-rad'-zo} from 3984; TDNT - 6:23,822; v AV - tempt 29, try 4, tempter 2, prove 1, assay 1, examine 1, go about 1; 39 1) to try whether a thing can be done 1a) to attempt, endeavour 2) to try, make trial of, test: for the purpose of ascertaining his quantity, or what he thinks, or how he will behave himself 2a) in a good sense 2b) in a bad sense, to test one maliciously, craftily to put to the proof his feelings or judgments 2c) to try or test one's faith, virtue, character, by enticement to sin 2c1) to solicit to sin, to tempt 1c1a) of the temptations of the devil 2d) after the OT usage 2d1) of God: to inflict evils upon one in order to prove his character and the steadfastness of his faith 2d2) men are said to tempt God by exhibitions of distrust, as though they wished to try whether he is not justly distrusted 2d3) by impious or wicked conduct to test God's justice and patience, and to challenge him, as it were to give proof of his perfections.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3986 peirasmos {pi-ras-mos'} ·½©ó 3985; TDNT - 6:23,822;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - temptation 19, temptations 1, try 1; 21 1) ¸ÕÅç, À|¸Õ, ¥ø¹Ï(¤Þ»¤...), ¦ÒÅç, ¬dÅç 1a) ¦ÒÅç, ¸Õ·Ò: #¥[ 4:14":§A­Ì¬°§Ú¨­Å骺½t¬G¨ü¸Õ·Ò, ¦]·í®É¥[©Ô¤Óªº±¡ªp¦ÒÅç¨ì¥L­Ì ¹ï«Oùªº·R 1b) ¹ï¤Hªº©¾­s, ¥¿ª½, ¹D¼w, ­s¸`µ¥ªº¸Õ·Ò 1b1) ¸oªº»¤´b, ¤Þ»¤, ¤£½×¬O¥Ñ¤º¦bªº¼¤±æ©Î¥~¦bªºÀô¹Ò©Ò¤Þ°_ªº 1b2) ¤º¦b¹ï¸oªº»¤´b 1b2a) «üÅ]°­¥ø¹Ï¨Ï°ò·þ(§YÀ±ÁɨÈ)°¾Â÷¯«©Ò¥æ¥IÍ¢ªº¨Ï©Rªº»¤´b (#¸ô 4:14|) 1b3) «ü·|¨Ï§Ú­Ì¨ü¨ì¸oªº»¤´b, ©Î¦b«H¤ß©M¸t¼ä¤W³n®zªº¥~¦b±¡ªp©Î¤º¦bªº¤ß«ä·N©À 1b4) °f¹Ò, ¼~¶Ë, §xÂZ: ¨Ó¦Û©ó¯«ªº¦w±Æ, ¥H¸Õ·Ò©ÎÅã©ú¤@­Ó¤Hªº«~©Ê, «H¤ß, ©M¸t¼ä 1c) ¤H¹ï¯«ªº¸Õ±´ 1c1) ­I«q¯«, ¬D¾Ô©Î¸ÕÅ篫, ­nÍ¢¥ÎÅã¥ÜÍ¢ªºÅv¬`©M¤½¸q¨ÓÃÒ©úÍ¢ªº¦s¦b

3986 peirasmos {pi-ras-mos'} from 3985; TDNT - 6:23,822; n m AV - temptation 19, temptations 1, try 1; 21 1) an experiment, attempt, trial, proving 1a) trial, proving: the trial made of you by my bodily condition, since condition served as to test the love of the Galatians toward Paul (Gal. 4:14) 1b) the trial of man's fidelity, integrity, virtue, constancy 1b1) an enticement to sin, temptation, whether arising from the desires or from the outward circumstances 1b2) an internal temptation to sin 1b2a) of the temptation by which the devil sought to divert Jesus the Messiah from his divine errand 1b3) of the condition of things, or a mental state, by which we are enticed to sin, or to a lapse from the faith and holiness 1b4) adversity, affliction, trouble: sent by God and serving to test or prove one's character, faith, holiness 1c) temptation (i.e. trial) of God by men 1c1) rebellion against God, by which his power and justice are, as it were, put to the proof and challenged to show themselves
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3988 peismone {pice-mon-ay'} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 3982; TDNT - 6:9,818; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - persuasion 1; 1 1) ¬£¨t, ±Ð¬£, ÄU§i, ÄU»¡ 2) ¤£¥i«H©ÎÄF¤HªºÄU¾É (#¥[ 5:8|)

3988 peismone {pice-mon-ay'} from a presumed derivative of 3982; TDNT - 6:9,818; n f AV - persuasion 1; 1 1) persuasion 2) treacherous or deceptive persuasion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4006 pepoithesis {pep-oy'-thay-sis} ·½¦Û the ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ of the alternate of 3982; TDNT - 6:7,818; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - confidence 5, trust 1; 6 1) «H¥ô, «H¤ß, «H¿à, ¥i¾a

4006 pepoithesis {pep-oy'-thay-sis} from the perfect of the alternate of 3982; TDNT - 6:7,818; n f AV - confidence 5, trust 1; 6 1) trust, confidence, reliance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4050 perisseia {per-is-si'-ah} ·½¦Û 4052; TDNT - 6:63,828; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - abundance 2, abundantly 1, superfluity 1; 4 1) Â×´I, ¤j¶q¦a, ¹L¤À¦a (#ù 5:17; ªL«á 8:2|) 2) Àu¶Õ, Àu¥ý, ¨ô¶V 3) ¼W¥[, §Q¯q (#ªL«á 10:15|) 4) ³Ñ¾l, ¿ò¸ñ: °ò·þ®{«H¥D¥H«e¤ß¸Ì´Ý¾l¯d¤Uªº´c (#¶® 1:21|)

4050 perisseia {per-is-si'-ah} from 4052; TDNT - 6:63,828; n f AV - abundance 2, abundantly 1, superfluity 1; 4 1) abundance, superabundantly, superfluously 2) superiority, preference, pre-eminence 3) gain, profit 4) residue, remains: the wickedness remaining over in a Christian from his state prior to conversion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4100 pisteuo {pist-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; °Êµü AV - believe 239, commit unto 4, commit to (one's) trust 1, be committed unto 1, be put in trust with 1, be commit to one's trust 1, believer 1; 248 1) ¬Û«H¬O¯uªº¡A¨Ï¬Û«H¡A«H¿à¡A«H¥ô 1a) ¬Û«H¤@¥ó¨Æ 1a1) «H¿à¡A¦³«H¤ß 1b) »P¹D¼w©Î©v±Ð¤è­±¬ÛÃöªº¬Û«H 1b1) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤§Î®e¤@ºØ°í«H©Î¬Û«H¡A´N¬O¤@­Ó¤H³Q¬YºØ¤º¦bªº¡A©Î§ó°ªªº ¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¯SÅv©MÆF»îªº«ßªk©ÒÅX¨Ï¥h¬Û«H 1b2) ¦]¬Û«H­C¿q©Î¤W«Ò¡A¦Ó±oµÛ¯à¤O¥h±o¨ì¬Y¥ó¨Æ¡A©Î°µ¬Y¨Ç¨Æ¡F ¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@±o±Ïªº«H¤ß 1bc) ¶È¶È©Ó»{¬Y¨Ç¨Æ±¡©Î¨Æ¥ó¡F²z´¼¤è­±ªº«H¤ß 2) ±N¤@¥ó¨Æ¥æ°Uµ¹¬Y¤H¡A¥ç§Y¨º­Ó¤H©¾¹ê¥i«H¿à 2a) ¦]«H¥ô¦Ó±N¨Æ±¡¥æ°U

4100 pisteuo {pist-yoo'-o} from 4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; v AV - believe 239, commit unto 4, commit to (one's) trust 1, be committed unto 1, be put in trust with 1, be commit to one's trust 1, believer 1; 248 1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place confidence in 1a) of the thing believed 1a1) to credit, have confidence 1b) in a moral or religious reference 1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and law of soul 1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in obtaining or in doing something: saving faith 1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual faith 2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity 2a) to be intrusted with a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4101 pistikos {pis-tik-os'} ·½¦Û 4102;; §Î®eµü AV - spikenard + 3487 2; 2 1) ¦³Ãö«H¥ô, «H¥õªº 1a) ¨ã»¡ªA¤Oªº, ¦³§Þ¥©¨Ï«H¥ôªº 1b) ¥i«H¥ôªº, ·Ç½T¥i¾aªº, ¥i¥õ¿àªº (#¥i 14:3; ¬ù 12:3|)

4101 pistikos {pis-tik-os'} from 4102;; adj AV - spikenard + 3487 2; 2 1) pertaining to belief 1a) having the power of persuading, skilful in producing belief 1b) trusty, faithful, that can be relied on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4102 pistis {pis'-tis} ·½¦Û3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- faith 239, assurance 1, believe + 1537 1, belief 1, them that believe 1, fidelity 1; 244 1) ¹ï¥ô¦ó¯u²zªº°í«H, ¬Û«H; ¦b·s¬ù¸Ì¬O°w¹ï¤H»P¯«ªºÃö«Y ¥H¤ÎÄݯ«ªº¨Æªº°í«H©M¬Û«H¡A¤@¯ë³£¥]§tµÛ«H¾aªºÆ[©À¡A ¥H¤Î¥Ñ¬Û«H¦Ó¥Íªº¯«¸t¤õ¼ö¡A¨Ã¥[¤J¨ä¤¤ 1a) »P¯«¦³Ãö 1a1) °í«H¯«ªº¦s¦b¡A¥H¤Î¯«¬O¸U¦³ªº³Ð³yªÌ©M²ÎªvªÌ¡A ¬OÂǵ۰ò·þªº¥Ã«í±Ï®¦ªº¨ÑÀ³ªÌ©MÃØ»PªÌ 1b) »P°ò·þ¦³Ãö 1b1) ¤@ºØ±j¯Pªº©MªYµM±µ¨üªº°í«H©Î¬Û«H­C¿q´N¬O¨º¤@¦ìÀ±ÁɨȡA §Ú­ÌÂǵÛÍ¢¦b¯«ªº°ê«×¸Ì±o¨ì¥Ã«íªº±Ï®¦ 1c) °ò·þ±Ðªº«H¥õ 1d) ¹ï¯«©Î°ò·þªº¨ººØ«H¾a(©Î¬O«H¤ß), ¬O±q¹ï¯«©M°ò·þªº«H¤ß©Òµo¥Xªº 2) ©¾­s, ©¾¹ê 2a) ¯àÅý¤H«H¾aªº­Ó©Ê

4102 pistis {pis'-tis} from 3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; n f AV - faith 239, assurance 1, believe + 1537 1, belief 1, them that believe 1, fidelity 1; 244 1) conviction of the truth of anything, belief; in the NT of a conviction or belief respecting man's relationship to God and divine things, generally with the included idea of trust and holy fervour born of faith and joined with it 1a) relating to God 1a1) the conviction that God exists and is the creator and ruler of all things, the provider and bestower of eternal salvation through Christ 1b) relating to Christ 1b1) a strong and welcome conviction or belief that Jesus is the Messiah, through whom we obtain eternal salvation in the kingdom of God 1c) the religious beliefs of Christians 1d) belief with the predominate idea of trust (or confidence) whether in God or in Christ, springing from faith in the same 2) fidelity, faithfulness 2a) the character of one who can be relied on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4103 pistos {pis-tos'} ·½¦Û 3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; §Î®eµü AV - faithful 53, believe 6, believing 2, true 2, faithfully 1, believer 1, sure 1; not tr 1; 67 1) ­È±o«H¿àªº, ©¾¹êªº 1a) «ü¦b°õ¦æ¾³d, °õ¦æ©R¥O, ©Î¼i¦æ¤½°È¤W®i²{¨ä©¾¹êªº¤H 1b) «H¦u¨ä»}¬ù, ­È±o«H¿àªº¤H 1c) ¥i¥H«H¥ô¨Ì¿àªº 2) ®e©ö³QÄUªAªº 2a) ¬Û«Hªº, ©ö«H¥ô§O¤Hªº, «H¥ôªº 2b) ¦b·s¬ù¸t¸g¸Ì«H¥ô¤W«ÒÀ³³\ªº¤H 2b1) ½T«H­C¿q¤w¸g±q¦º¸Ì´_¬¡ªº¤H 2b2) ¤wµM½T«H­C¿q¬OÀ±ÁɨȤά@±Ï¤§¤W«Òªº¤H

4103 pistos {pis-tos'} from 3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; adj AV - faithful 53, believe 6, believing 2, true 2, faithfully 1, believer 1, sure 1; not tr 1; 67 1) trusty, faithful 1a) of persons who show themselves faithful in the transaction of business, the execution of commands, or the discharge of official duties 1b) one who kept his plighted faith, worthy of trust 1c) that can be relied on 2) easily persuaded 2a) believing, confiding, trusting 2b) in the NT one who trusts in God's promises 2b1) one who is convinced that Jesus has been raised from the dead 2b2) one who has become convinced that Jesus is the Messiah and author of salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4104 pistoo {pis-to'-o} ·½¦Û 4103; TDNT - 6:174,849; °Êµü AV - be assured of 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°¦³«Hªº, ¨Ï¬°¥i¾a«H¹êªº 1a) ¨Ï°í©T, ¨Ï°í©w«Ø¥ß 2) ²`²`ªº³Q»¡ªA 2a) ±o¨ì«OÃÒ (#´£«á 3:14|)

4104 pistoo {pis-to'-o} from 4103; TDNT - 6:174,849; v AV - be assured of 1; 1 1) to make faithful, render trustworthy 1a) to make firm, establish 2) to be firmly persuaded of 2a) to be assured of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4135 plerophoreo {play-rof-or-eh'-o} ·½¦Û4134©M5409; TDNT - 6:309,867; °Êµü AV - be fully persuaded 2, be most surely believed 1, be fully known 1, make full proof of 1; 5 1) §¹¦¨, §¹¥þ¹ê²{ 1a) ¹ê²{ 1a1) §¹¦¨¤@­ÓªA¨Æ 1b) §¹¦¨ 1b1) §¹¦¨¤@¥ó¨Æ 1c) Åý¤@­Ó¤H¨ã¦³¬YºØªº«ä·Q, «H©À, ©Î³ß¦n 1c1) ½T«O, ªAªA, ¬Û«He 1c2) ³QÄUªA, ÄU»¡, §¹¥þ«HªA©Î¦³§â´¤ 1c3) ¨Ï¤H·Q¥h°µ, ©Î©}ªA©ón

4135 plerophoreo {play-rof-or-eh'-o} from 4134 and 5409; TDNT - 6:309,867; v AV - be fully persuaded 2, be most surely believed 1, be fully known 1, make full proof of 1; 5 1) to bear or bring full, to make full 1a) to cause a thing to be shown to the full 1a1) to fulfil the ministry in every part 1b) to carry through to the end, accomplish 1b1) things that have been accomplished 1c) to fill one with any thought, conviction, or inclination 1c1) to make one certain, to persuade, convince one 1c2) to be persuaded, persuaded, fully convinced or assured 1c3) to render inclined or bent on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4136 plerophoria {play-rof-or-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û4135; TDNT - 6:310,867; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - full assurance 3, assurance 1; 4 1) «H¤ß¤Q¨¬¡A°í©w¬Û«H

4136 plerophoria {play-rof-or-ee'-ah} from 4135; TDNT - 6:310,867; n f AV - full assurance 3, assurance 1; 4 1) full assurance, most certain confidence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4139 plesion {play-see'-on} pelas (ªñªº) ªº¤@­Ó¤¤©Ê­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 6:311,872; °Æµü AV - neighbour 16, near 1; 17 1) ¾F©~ 1a) ªB¤Í 1b) «ü¥ô¦ó¨ä¥L¤¬¬ÛÃö¤ßªº¤H, ¨ä¥L¤H(§Aªº¾FªÙ´N¬O§Aªº¦P¦ñ); ¨ÌµS¤Ó¤Hªº¬Ýªk, ¥i«ü ¥ô¦ó¤@­Ó§Æ§B¨Ó³¡±Ú©Î°ê®aªº¤H 1c) ¨Ì°ò·þªº±Ð°V, «ü©M§Ú­Ì¤@¦P¥Í¬¡©Î§Y¨Ï¥u¬O§Ú­Ì¸I¨ìªº¥ô¦ó¤H, ¤£½×¨ä°ê®a¥Á±Ú©Î ©v±Ð«H¥õ

4139 plesion {play-see'-on} neuter of a derivative of pelas (near); TDNT - 6:311,872; adv AV - neighbour 16, near 1; 17 1) a neighbour 1a) a friend 1b) any other person, and where two are concerned, the other (thy fellow man, thy neighbour), according to the Jews, any member of the Hebrew nation and commonwealth 1c) according to Christ, any other man irrespective of nation or religion with whom we live or whom we chance to meet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4150 pluno {ploo'-no} ¤@­Ó¼o±óªº¦r pluo (¬y°Ê)ªº©µªø§Î¦¡;; °Êµü AV - wash 1; 1 1) ¬~: Ãö©ó¦çªA (#±Ò 7:14|) 1a) ¤ñ³ë¨º¨ÇÂǵ۫H©Ó¨ü°ò·þ±ÏÅ«µ²ªGªº¤H¡A³Q¯«µø¬°¼ä²bµL¸oªº¡C

4150 pluno {ploo'-no} a prolonged form of an obsolete pluo (to "flow");; v AV - wash 1; 1 1) to wash: with reference to clothing 1a) use figuratively of those who by faith so appropriate the results of Christ's expiation as to be regarded by God as pure and sinless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4168 poimnion {poym'-nee-on} ¤¤©Ê of a presumed derivative of 4167; TDNT - 6:499,901; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - flock 5; 5 1) ¦Ï¸s 2) ¸òÀH°ò·þªº«H®{ 3) ¥Ñªø¦Ñ©ÒºÞ²zªº±Ð·|, °ò·þªº¨­Åé

4168 poimnion {poym'-nee-on} neuter of a presumed derivative of 4167; TDNT - 6:499,901; n n AV - flock 5; 5 1) a flock (esp.) of sheep 2) a group of Christ's disciples 3) bodies of Christian (churches) presided over by elders
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4190 poneros {pon-ay-ros'} ·½©ó¤@­l¥Í©ó 4192 ªº¦r; TDNT - 6:546,912; §Î®eµü AV - evil 51, wicked 10, wicked one 6, evil things 2, misc 7; 76 1) ¥Rº¡³Ò­W, ·ÐÂZ, §xÃøªº 1a) ¨üºÉ³Ò¤OÀ£­¢ªº 1b) ±a¨Ó¨¯³Ò, ·ÐÂZ, ©M¦MÀIªº; «üµÛ¹ï°ò·þ®{ªº«H¤ß¤Î°í­s¥Rº¡¦M®`ªº®É¥N; ³y¦¨­Wµh»P³Â·Ðªº 2) ´cªº, ¥»½è¤W©Îª¬ªp¤W¤£¦nªº 2a) «ü¦×Åé¤W¦Ó¨¥: ¥Í¯fªº©Î½M²´ªº 2b) ¦b¹D¼w¤W¦Ó¨¥: ¨¸´cªº, Ãaªº

4190 poneros {pon-ay-ros'} from a derivative of 4192; TDNT - 6:546,912; adj AV - evil 51, wicked 10, wicked one 6, evil things 2, misc 7; 76 1) full of labours, annoyances, hardships 1a) pressed and harassed by labours 1b) bringing toils, annoyances, perils; of a time full of peril to Christian faith and steadfastness; causing pain and trouble 2) bad, of a bad nature or condition 2a) in a physical sense: diseased or blind 2b) in an ethical sense: evil wicked, bad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4198 poreuomai {por-yoo'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from a derivative of »P...¦P 3984; TDNT - 6:566,915; °Êµü AV - go 117, depart11, walk 9, go (one's) way 8, misc 9; 154 1) ¤Þ»â¥h¡M±a»â¥h 1a) °l¨D¥h§¹¦¨¤w¸g¶}©lªº®Èµ{¡MÄ~Äò®Èµ{ 1b) Â÷¥@: #¸ô 22:22| "¥h¥@" 1c) °lÀH¬Y¤H¡M¤]´N¬OÅܦ¨¥Lªº«H®{ 1c1) ¦æ¨Æ¬°¤H: #©¼«e 4:3| ®É­Ô"¤w¸g°÷¤F"; #¸ô 1:6| "¿í¦æ" ¥Dªº¤@¤Á»|©R 2) ¥Ñ¤@­Ó©wÂI²¾¨ì¥t¤@­Ó¦a¤è: #¤Ó 25:41| "Â÷¶}" §Ú For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5818

4198 poreuomai {por-yoo'-om-ahee} middle voice from a derivative of the same as 3984; TDNT - 6:566,915; v AV - go 117, depart 11, walk 9, go (one's) way 8, misc 9; 154 1) to lead over, carry over, transfer 1a) to pursue the journey on which one has entered, to continue on one's journey 1b) to depart from life 1c) to follow one, that is: become his adherent 1c1) to lead or order one's life For Synonyms see entry 5818
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4249 prizo {prid'-zo} ¦r®Ú prio (¥Î¿÷¤l¿÷) ªº¥[±j«¬;; °Êµü AV - saw asunder 1; 1 1) ¿÷, ¿÷¦¨¨â¥b ³Q"¿÷¦¨¨â¥b"¬O§Æ§B¨Ó¤Hªº¤@ºØ¦D»@, ¨Ì®Ç¸g¤¤ªº°O¸ü, ¶Ç²Î¤W¬Û«H¥ýª¾¥HÁɨȬO¨ü¤F¦¹¦Dªº(#¨Ó 11:37|)

4249 prizo {prid'-zo} a strengthened form of a primary prio (to saw);; v AV - saw asunder 1; 1 1) to saw, to cut in two with a saw To be "sawn asunder" was a kind of punishment among the Hebrews, which according to tradition was inflicted on the prophet Isaiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4313 proporeuomai {prop-or-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4253 »P 4198;; °Êµü AV - go 1, go before 1; 2 1) °e¨ì«e­±¥h, ¨Ï¦b....¤§«e 2) ¨«¦b....«e­± (#¸ô 1:76;®{ 7:40|) 2a) ¤@­Ó»â¾ÉªÌ 2b) ¤@­Ó³ø«Hªº¨ÏªÌ©Î¥ýÅX

4313 proporeuomai {prop-or-yoo'-om-ahee} from 4253 and 4198;; v AV - go 1, go before 1; 2 1) to send before, to make to precede 2) to go before one 2a) of a leader 2b) of a messenger or a herald
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4318 prosagoge {pros-ag-ogue-ay'} ·½¦Û 4317 (cf 72); TDNT - 1:133,20; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - access 3; 3 1) ±a¨ì, ²¾°Ê 2) ¨ú±o, ¾aªñ 2a) ¨ì¯«¨º¸Ì, ¥ç§Y»P¯«ªºÃö«Y, §Ú­Ì¦p¦ó¬°¯«©Ò±µ¯Ç ¥B¦³½T«H¥L¼Ö·N§Ú­Ì¦VµÛÍ¢

4318 prosagoge {pros-ag-ogue-ay'} from 4317 (cf 72); TDNT - 1:133,20; n f AV - access 3; 3 1) the act of bringing to, a moving to 2) access, approach 2a) to God, i.e. that relationship with God whereby we are acceptable to him and have assurance that he is favourably disposed towards him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4339 proselutos {pros-ay'-loo-tos} TDNT - 6:727,943; §Î®eµü AV - proselyte 4; 4 1) (±q¦h¯«±Ð§ï¬°«H©^µS¤Ó±Ðªº)§ïÅÜ©v±ÐªÌ ©Ô¤ñ±N§ï«HµS¤Ó±Ðªº¤H¤À¬°¨âºØ:¤@ºØ¬°"¤½¸qªº§ï«HµS¤Ó±ÐªÌ",¤@ºØ¬° "ªù¤fªº§ï«HµS¤Ó±ÐªÌ."«eªÌ±µ¨ü³Î§,¿í¦u©Ò¦³ªº¼¯¦è«ßªk,¥H¤ÎµS¤Ó ±Ðªº³W¯x.«áªÌ¦í¦bµS¤Ó¤H·í¤¤,¨S¦³¨ü³Î§,¤£¹L¿í¦u¬Y¨Ç«ßªk,¯S§O¬O ª`·N©Ò¿×ªº"®¿¨È¤C§Ù":«ô°¸¹³,Á¶Âp¯«,±þ¤H,¤£­s,°½ÅÑ,¤Ï§Ü»â¾É,¥H ¤Î­¹¥Î"±a¦åªº¦×".

4339 proselutos {pros-ay'-loo-tos} from the alternate of 4334; TDNT - 6:727,943; adj AV - proselyte 4; 4 1) a newcomer 1a) a stranger, alien 2) a proselyte 2a) one who has come over from a Gentile religion to Judaism The Rabbis distinguished two classes of proselytes, proselytes of righteousness, who received circumcision and bound themselves to keep the whole of the Mosaic law and to comply with all the requirements of Judaism, and proselytes of the gate, who dwelt among the Jews, and although uncircumcised observed certain specific laws, esp. the seven precepts of Noah, i.e. against the seven chief sins, idolatry, blasphemy against God, homicide, unchastity, theft or plundering, rebellion against rulers and the use of "flesh with the blood thereof".
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4347 proskollao {pros-kol-lah'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 2853; TDNT - 3:823,452; °Êµü AV - cleave 2, be joined 1, join (one's) self 1; 4 1) ÂH¦b..., ½¦¦X 2) ¨Ï¦Û¤v»P...³s¦X, °í«ù©¾©ó, ÂH©ó..., «H¦u©ó...

4347 proskollao {pros-kol-lah'-o} from 4314 and 2853; TDNT - 3:823,452; v AV - cleave 2, be joined 1, join (one's) self 1; 4 1) to glue upon, glue to 2) to join one's self to closely, cleave to, stick to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4396 prophetes {prof-ay'-tace} ·½¦Û4253 and 5346 ªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 6:781,952; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- prophet 149; 149 1) ¦b§Æþ¤å¤¤,¬O«ü¹w¨¥©Î¨ä¥LÁôÂèƪ«ªº¸ÑÄÀªÌ 2) ¤@­Ó¨ü¨ì¯«ªºÆF©Ò·P°Êªº¤H,¨Ã¦]¦¹¦¨¬°Í¢ªº¾÷ºc©Î¬OÍ¢ªº¥N¨¥ªÌ, ¯«¸t¦a¦V¤H«ÅÁ¿¥L©Ò»â¨üªº·P°Ê,¯S§O¬OÃö©ó±N¨Óªº¨Æ,¹³¨º¨Ç »P¯«ªº°ê«×©M¤HÃþ±Ï®¦ªº¥DÃD¦³Ãöªº²Ó¸` 2a) »P¬ùªº¥ýª¾¦³Ãö, ¹w¥ý«ÅÁ¿°ò·þÀ±ÁɨȪº°ê«×, ¥\·~©M¦º¤` 2b) ¬O«ü¬I¬~¬ù¿«,¥L¬O°ò·þÀ±ÁɨȪº¥ýÅXªÌ 2c) ¬O«ü¨º¤@¦ìÅã»®ªº¥ýª¾,´N¬OµS¤Ó¤H©Ò¬ß±æ¦bÀ±ÁɨȨì¨Ó¥H«eªº¨º¤@¦ì¥ýª¾ 2d) ¨º¤@¦ìÀ±ÁÉ¨È 2e) ¬O«ü³Q¯«ªºÆF©Ò¥Rº¡ªº¤H, ¦b¯«ªºÅv¬`©M©R¥O¤U,ÂǵÛÅv«Âªº¨¥»y, ¥ÓÅG¯«ªº°Ê¾÷¥H¤ÎÀµ¨D¤Hªº±Ï®¦ 2f) ¬O«ü¦b¨Ï®{®É´Á¥X²{¦b°ò·þ®{·í¤¤ªº¥ýª¾ 2f1) ¥L­Ì»P¨Ï®{­Ì¬O¹Ù¦ñ 2f2) ¥L­Ì¹îı©M§@¥X¹ï°ò·þ®{¦³¯qªº¨Æ, ¹w¥ý»¡¥X±N­nµo¥Íªº¤@¨Ç¨Æ¥ó.¡]®{11¡G27¡^ 2f3) ¦b°ò·þ®{°@¸Ûªº»E·|¤¤¡A¥L­Ì¨ü¸tÆFªº·P°Ê¦Ó»¡¸Ü¡A¦³¯à¤Oªº±Ð¾É¡A ¦w¼¢¡A¹ªÀy¡AÄþ³d¡A¨Ï¤Hª¾¸o¡A©M¿E°Ê¥L­ÌªºÅ¥²³ 3) ¤@­Ó¸Ö¤H¡]¦]¬°¬Û«H¸Ö¤H³£¬O¨ü¨ì¯«¸tªº·P°Ê¦Ó§u°Ûªº¡^ 3a) of Epimenides (¦h1:12)

4396 prophetes {prof-ay'-tace} from a compound of 4253 and 5346; TDNT - 6:781,952; n m AV - prophet 149; 149 1) in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things 2) one who, moved by the Spirit of God and hence his organ or spokesman, solemnly declares to men what he has received by inspiration, especially concerning future events, and in particular such as relate to the cause and kingdom of God and to human salvation 2a) the OT prophets, having foretold the kingdom, deeds and death, of Jesus the Messiah. 2b) of John the Baptist, the herald of Jesus the Messiah 2c) of the illustrious prophet, the Jews expected before the advent of the Messiah 2d) the Messiah 2e) of men filled with the Spirit of God, who by God's authority and command in words of weight pleads the cause of God and urges salvation of men 2f) of prophets that appeared in the apostolic age among Christians 2f1) they are associated with the apostles 2f2) they discerned and did what is best for the Christian cause, foretelling certain future events. (Acts 11:27) 2f3) in the religious assemblies of the Christians, they were moved by the Holy Spirit to speak, having power to instruct, comfort, encourage, rebuke, convict, and stimulate, their hearers 3) a poet (because poets were believed to sing under divine inspiration) 3a) of Epimenides (Tit. 1:12)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4517 rhonnumi {hrone'-noo-mee} ÂX®i«¬ from rhoomai (to dart, probably ªñ¦ü to 4506);; °Êµü AV - farewell 2; 2 1) ¨Ï±j§§, ¨Ï¾d©TÅܱj§§ 2) ¦¨¬°­è±j, Ácºa, ©÷²±, ¦¨¥\ 3) ¥Î©ó«H¬Z¥½¤F¹D§Oµü (#®{ 15:29; 23:30|)

4517 rhonnumi {hrone'-noo-mee} prolongation from rhoomai (to dart, probably akin to 4506);; v AV - farewell 2; 2 1) to make strong, strengthen 2) to be strong, to thrive, prosper 3) in the usual formula in closing of a letter, farewell
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4523 Saddoukaios {sad-doo-kah'-yos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 4524; TDNT - 7:35,992; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Sadducees 14; 14 ¼»·þ¸Ó¤H = "¥¿¤H§g¤l" 1) ­C¿q®É¥Nªº¤@­ÓµS¤Ó©v±Ð¸sÅé,§_»{¤f¶Ç«ßªk,¥u¬Û«H¼g¥X¨Óªº«ßªk.

4523 Saddoukaios {sad-doo-kah'-yos} probably from 4524; TDNT - 7:35,992; n m AV - Sadducees 14; 14 Sadducees = "the righteous" 1) a religious party at the time of Christ among the Jews, who denied that the oral law was a revelation of God to the Israelites, and who deemed the written law alone to be obligatory on the nation, as the divine authority. They denied the following doctrines: 1a) resurrection of the body 1b) immortality of the soul 1c) existence of spirits and angels 1d) divine predestination, affirmed free will
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4588 Sergios {serg'-ee-os} of Latin origin;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Sergius (Paulus) 1; 1 ¤h¨D«Où = "earth-born: born a wonder" 1) surnamed Paulus, ©~¤ñ¸ô®qªº¤è§B¡A¦]«Où¦Ó«H¥D

4588 Sergios {serg'-ee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Sergius (Paulus) 1; 1 Sergius = "earth-born: born a wonder" 1) surnamed Paulus, a deputy or proconsul of Cyprus and converted to Christianity by Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4617 siniazo {sin-ee-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û sinion (a sieve); TDNT - 7:291,1028; °Êµü AV - sift 1; 1 1) ¹LÂo, ¥H¿z¤l¾_°Ê, 2) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk ¦b¤º¦b²V¶Ã»P­·®öÃä½tùظÕÅç­Ó¤Hªº«H¤ß(#¸ô 22:31|)

4617 siniazo {sin-ee-ad'-zo} from sinion (a sieve); TDNT - 7:291,1028; v AV - sift 1; 1 1) to sift, shake in a sieve 2) fig. by inward agitation to try one's faith to the verge of overthrow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4624 skandalizo {skan-dal-id'-zo} ("scandalize") ·½¦Û 4625; TDNT - 7:339,1036; °Êµü AV - offend 28, make to offend 2; 30 1) ¨Ï¥Ç¸o(¯}Ãa¹D¼w³W½d,¤£«H,±µ¨ü¿ù»~±Ð¾É) 2) «_¥Ç,IJ«ã,¾_Åå (#¤Ó 15:12,17:27; ¬ù 6:61; ªL«á 11:29|)

4624 skandalizo {skan-dal-id'-zo} ("scandalize") from 4625; TDNT - 7:339,1036; v AV - offend 28, make to offend 2; 30 1) to put a stumbling block or impediment in the way, upon which another may trip and fall, metaph. to offend 1a) to entice to sin 1b) to cause a person to begin to distrust and desert one whom he ought to trust and obey 1b1) to cause to fall away 1b2) to be offended in one, i.e. to see in another what I disapprove of and what hinders me from acknowledging his authority 1b3) to cause one to judge unfavourably or unjustly of another 1c) since one who stumbles or whose foot gets entangled feels annoyed 1c1) to cause one displeasure at a thing 1c2) to make indignant 1c3) to be displeased, indignant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4688 spekoulator {spek-oo-lat'-ore} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - executioner 1; 1 1) °»¹îªÌ, ¥¸­Ô 2) ¦b¬Ó«Ò¤§¤Uªº¨ÍªÌ©Î¬O¶K¨­¨Í½Ã¦¨­û, ¨ü¶±§@«H®t, ¦u©]ªÌ, ©M¦æ¦DªÌ 3) ³o¦WºÙ¦b§Æ«ß¦w´£©¬§ïÅܧ@¬°¼D¤l¤â

4688 spekoulator {spek-oo-lat'-ore} of Latin origin;; n m AV - executioner 1; 1 1) a spy, scout 2) under the emperors an attendant and member of the body guard, employed as messengers, watchers, and executioners 3) the name is transferred to an attendant of Herod Antipas that acted as executioner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4717 stauroo {stow-ro'-o} ·½¦Û 4716; TDNT - 7:581,1071; °Êµü AV - crucify 46; 46 1) °v¤Q¦r¬[ 2) °v¤Q¦r¬[(ÂǵۭC¿q³Q°v¦Ó·´·À) 2a)ÄÝ°ò·þªº±N¸oªº¼¤±æ°v¦b¤Q¬[¤W (#¥[ 5:24|) 2b)«H®{»P¥DÁp¦X,ÄÝ¥@ªº¥Í©R¤w¸g¦º¦b¤Q¬[¤W (#¥[ 6:14|)

4717 stauroo {stow-ro'-o} from 4716; TDNT - 7:581,1071; v AV - crucify 46; 46 1) to stake, drive down stakes 2) to fortify with driven stakes, to palisade 3) to crucify 3a) to crucify one 3b) metaph. to crucify the flesh, destroy its power utterly (the nature of the figure implying that the destruction is attended with intense pain)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4734 Stephanas {stef-an-as'} probably contractio³±©Ê¦Wµüor stephanotos (crowned, from 4737);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Stephanas 4; 4 ¥q´£¤Ï = "±a«a°Ãªº" 1)­ôªL¦h¤@¦ì§ï«H°ò·þ±Ðªº¤H

4734 Stephanas {stef-an-as'} probably contraction for stephanotos (crowned, from 4737);; n pr m AV - Stephanas 4; 4 Stephanas = "crowned" 1) a Christian convert of Corinth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4742 stigma {stig'-mah} ·½¦Û ­ì¨Óªº stizo (ÂW, ¥ç§Y ¨ë); TDNT - 7:657,1086; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mark 1; 1 1) ¦³°O¸¹ÂW¦b©Î¦L¦b¨­¤W. ¥j®ÉªF¤è¥Îªk, ¥£Áõ©M¤h§L¦³¥L­Ì¥D¤H©Î©xªø¤§¦Wªº¦L°O »\¦b¥L­Ì¨­¤W, ¥HÅã¥Ü¥L­ÌÄݩ󨺤@¦ì¥D¤H©Î±N©x, ¦Ó¥B¬Æ¦Ü¦³¨ÇÄm¨­ªÌ¥Î³o¼Ëªº ¤èªk¦L¤W¶H¼x©Ò«Hªº¯«¯«¬é°O¸¹

4742 stigma {stig'-mah} from a primary stizo (to "stick", i.e. prick); TDNT - 7:657,1086; n n AV - mark 1; 1 1) a mark pricked in or branded upon the body. To ancient oriental usage, slaves and soldiers bore the name or the stamp of their master or commander branded or pricked (cut) into their bodies to indicate what master or general they belonged to, and there were even some devotee's who stamped themselves in this way with the token of their gods
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4916 sunthapto {soon-thap'-to} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 2290; TDNT - 7:786,1102; °Êµü AV - bury with 2; 2 1) »P....¦P¸® (#ù 6:4; ¦è 2:12|) «H®{Âǵ۬~§,«Å§i¬Û«H°ò·þ¥NÅ«ªº¦º¯à³j§K¦Û¤v¹L©¹ªº¸o; ¦]¦¹«Où±N¬~§¤ñ³ë¬°¹L©¹ªº¸o³£ÀH¤§®I¸®®ø°£.

4916 sunthapto {soon-thap'-to} from 4862 and 2290; TDNT - 7:786,1102; v AV - bury with 2; 2 1) to bury together with For all who in the rite of believer's baptism are plunged into the water, thereby declare that they put faith in the expiatory death of Christ for the pardon of their past sins; therefore Paul likens baptism to a burial by which the former sinfulness is buried, i.e. utterly taken away.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4941 Suntuche {soon-too'-khay} ·½¦Û 4940;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Syntyche 1; 1 ´`³£°ò= "«H¹Bªº" 1) µÌ¥ß¤ñ±Ð·|¤¤ªº¤k¦¨­û (#µÌ 4:2|)

4941 Suntuche {soon-too'-khay} from 4940;; n pr f AV - Syntyche 1; 1 Syntyche = "with fate" 1) a female member of the church of Philippi
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4972 sphragizo {sfrag-id'-zo} ·½¦Û4973; TDNT - 7:939,1127; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- seal 22, set to (one's) seal 1, stop 1, seal up 1, set a seal 1, vr seal 1; 27 1) ±N°O¸¹«Ê¦í¡A ¥Î¼Ð»x§@°O¸¹¡A»\¦L 1a) ¬°¤F¨¾¿m¼»¥¹ 1b) ³Q«Ê¦íªº¨Æª«³£¬OÁôÂêº(¦p¦P¤@«Ê«Hªº¤º®e¡^¡A¾B±»¡A«O«ù½pÀq¡A«O¦u±K¯µ 1c) ¬°¤F­n¦b¤@­Ó¤H©Î¬Oª«¥ó¤W¯d¤U°O¸¹ 1c1) ÂǥѫʦL©Î»\¦L¥Î°O¸¹«Ê¦í 1c2) ¤Ñ¨Ï¬O¨ü¤F¯«ªº¦L°O 1d) ¬°¤F­nµý©ú¡A½T»{¡A©Î¬OÅç©ú¤@¥ó¨Æª« 1d1) ½T»{©ÒŲ©wªº¡A¸m©óÃhºÃ¤§¥~ 1d1a) «ü¤@¥ó¤â¼gªº¤åÄm 1d1b) ¦V¬Y¤Hµý¹ê¦Û¤vªº¨£µý¡A½T¹ê¬O¨ä©Ò«ÅºÙªº

4972 sphragizo {sfrag-id'-zo} from 4973; TDNT - 7:939,1127; v AV - seal 22, set to (one's) seal 1, stop 1, seal up 1, set a seal 1, vr seal 1; 27 1) to set a seal upon, mark with a seal, to seal 1a) for security: from Satan 1b) since things sealed up are concealed (as the contents of a letter), to hide, keep in silence, keep secret 1c) in order to mark a person or a thing 1c1) to set a mark upon by the impress of a seal or a stamp 1c2) angels are said to be sealed by God 1d) in order to prove, confirm, or attest a thing 1d1) to confirm authenticate, place beyond doubt 1d1a) of a written document 1d1b) to prove one's testimony to a person that he is what he professes to be
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4973 sphragis {sfrag-ece'} probably strengthened from 5420; TDNT - 7:939,1127; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - seal 16; 16 1) ¦L 1a) ¦b®Ñ¤Wªº«Ê½p 1b) ¦W¦r§Ù«ü 1c) ¦L³¹ªºÃD¦W©Î»\¦L 1c1) ¯«¤Î°ò·þªº¦W»\¦L¦b¥L­ÌªºÃBÀY¤W 1d) ·íÂǵۦL³¹(°O¸¹©ÎÃÒ¾Ú)ªº¥ô¦ó¨Æ¬O¤w½T«H, ÃÒ©ú, »{ÃÒ

4973 sphragis {sfrag-ece'} probably strengthened from 5420; TDNT - 7:939,1127; n f AV - seal 16; 16 1) a seal 1a) the seal placed upon books 1b) a signet ring 1c) the inscription or impression made by a seal 1c1) of the name of God and Christ stamped upon their foreheads 1d) that by which anything is confirmed, proved, authenticated, as by a seal (a token or proof)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5043 teknon {tek'-non} ·½©ó 5098 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 5:636,759; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - child 77, son 21, daughter 1; 99 1) «á¸Ç, ¤l¤k 1a) «Ä¤l 1a) ¨k©Êªº«Ä¤l, ¨à¤l 1b) Áô³ë. 1b1) ³o¦r³Q­É¨Ó«ü¤H»P¤H¤§¶¡¦]·R, ¤Í½Ë, «H¥ô©Òµ²¦X¦¨ªº¿Ë»e»P¤¬¬ÛªºÃö«Y, ¦p¦P¤÷¥À»P¤l¤k¶¡ªºÃö«Y¤@¯ë 1b2) ¤@ºØ·O·RªººA«×, ¦p¦uÅ@ªÌ, ±Ï§UªÌ, À°¤â, ¦Ñ®v, ©M¦p¦P¶±¤u¯ëªº¦Û¤vªº«Ä¤l(?) 1b3) ¦b·s¬ù®É¥N, ¾Ç¥Í©Mªù®{³QºÙ¬°¥L­Ì¦Ñ®vªº¤l¤k, ¦]¬°¦Ñ®vªº±Ð¾É°ö¨|¤F¾Ç¥Íªº «ä·Q©M¶ì³y¤F¥L­Ìªº­Ó©Ê 1b4) ¯«ªº¤l¤k: ¦b¬ù¤¤ªº"¥H¦â¦C¤§¥Á", «ü¨ä©M¯«¯S§O¿Ëªñ; ·s¬ù¤¤«Oùªº®Ñ«H¤¤, ¥Î¥H«ü©Ò¦³±µ¨ü¸tÆF±a»â¦Ó©M¯«¦³¿ËªñªºÃö«Yªº¤H 1b5) ´cÅ]¤§¤l: «ü¦b«ä·Q¤Î¦æ¬°¨üÅ]°­¼vÅT, ¦Ó¤Ï¬M¥X¨ä¨¸´c¯S½èªº¤H 1c) Áô³ë. 1c1) «ü°ò©ó¼¤±æ©Î·R¼}¦Ó©ÒÎâ¾a©Î¨Ì¿àªºªF¦è; °õ°g, ¤J°g, ¤WÅ} 1c2) ¥i¾á­t¥ô¦ó©R¹Bªº¤H 1c2a) «°¥«ªº¤l¥Á: «ü¨ä¥i«O°ê¦w®a 1c3) ´¼¼zªº¿w«HªÌ, ¨º¨ÇÆF»î¤w¨ü¨ì´¼¼zªº´þ¾i»P¶ì³yªº¤H 1c4) ¨ü¶A©Gªº¤l¤k, ¨ü¨ì©G¶A¦Ó­n©Ó¨ü¨ì¯«ªº¼««ã©Î³B¤Àªº ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5868

5043 teknon {tek'-non} from the base of 5098; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n AV - child 77, son 21, daughter 1; 99 1) offspring, children 1a) child 1a) a male child, a son 1b) metaph. 1b1) the name transferred to that intimate and reciprocal relationship formed between men by the bonds of love, friendship, trust, just as between parents and children 1b2) in affectionate address, such as patrons, helpers, teachers and the like employ: my child 1b3) in the NT, pupils or disciples are called children of their teachers, because the latter by their instruction nourish the minds of their pupils and mould their characters 1b4) children of God: in the OT of "the people of Israel" as especially dear to God, in the NT, in Paul's writings, all who are led by the Spirit of God and thus closely related to God 1b5) children of the devil: those who in thought and action are prompted by the devil, and so reflect his character 1c) metaph. 1c1) of anything who depends upon it, is possessed by a desire or affection for it, is addicted to it 1c2) one who is liable to any fate 1c2a) thus children of a city: it citizens and inhabitants 1c3) the votaries of wisdom, those souls who have, as it were, been nurtured and moulded by wisdom 1c4) cursed children, exposed to a curse and doomed to God's wrath or penalty For Synonyms see entry 5868
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5051 teleiotes {tel-i-o-tace'} ·½©ó 5048; TDNT - 8:86,1161;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - finisher 1; 1 1) §¹¬üµL·vªº¤H 2) «ü¦Û§Ú±N«H¤ß´£ª@¦Ü§¹¬ü¹Ò¬Éªº¤H, ³Q¦CÁ|¦b§Ú­Ì«e­±§@­±«H¤ßªº¦Ü°ªªº¼Ò½d

5051 teleiotes {tel-i-o-tace'} from 5048; TDNT - 8:86,1161; n m AV - finisher 1; 1 1) a perfector 2) one who has in his own person raised faith to its perfection and so set before us the highest example of faith
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5156 tromos {trom'-os} ·½¦Û 5141;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - trembling 4, tremble + 2192 1; 5 1) ¦]®`©È¦ÓŸ·X 2) ÄߩȦÓŸ§Ý, ¥Î¨Ó´y­z¤@­Ó¤H¤£«H¥ô¦Û¤v¦³¯à¤O¥i­±¹ï©Ò¦³­n¨D¤§µJ¼{, ¦ý¦b©v±Ð¤W«o·¥¤O§¹¦¨³d¥ô.

5156 tromos {trom'-os} from 5141;; n m AV - trembling 4, tremble + 2192 1; 5 1) a trembling or quaking with fear 2) with fear and trembling, used to describe the anxiety of one who distrusts his ability completely to meet all requirements, but religiously does his utmost to fulfil his duty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5179 tupos {too'-pos} ·½¦Û 5180; TDNT - 8:246,1193; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- ensample 5, print 2, figure 2, example 2, pattern 2, fashion 1, manner 1, form 1; 16 1) ºV¥´¡AÀ»¥´¡AÀ£¦Lªº²ª¸ñ 2) ¦]À»¥´©ÎÀ£¦L¦Ó§Î¦¨ªº§Îª¬ 2a) §Îª¬©Î¼v¹³ 2b) ¯«ªº§Î¹³ 3) ¼Ë¦¡ 3a) ¹ï±Ð¸qªº­nÂI©M¤º®eªº±Ð¾É,¨Ã¥B¹ï¤ß«ä´y­z¥X¨Ó, ¼g§@ªº¼Ë¦¡,®Ñ«Hªº§Î¥Ü©M¤º®e 4) ¼Ò¦¡ 4a) ¨ã¦³§Þ³N©Êªº·N¸q, ¬O«ü»s³yª«¥ó®É¥²¶·²Å¦Xªºªº­ì«¬ 4b) ¨ã¦³¹D¼w¤è­±ªº·N¸q, ¤@ºØÄU§Ùªº¼Ò¦¡, ¤@ºØĵ§iªº¥ý¨Ò 4b1) ¬O«ü¨aÃø©Êªº¨Æ¥ó¦¨¬°¹ï¨ä¥L¤Hªº¤@ºØ§i»|©Mĵ§i 4c) ¤@ºØ¥i¼Ò¥éªºº]¼Ë 4c1) ­È±o¼Ò¥éªº¤H 4d) ¨ã¦³±Ð¸q¤Wªº·N¸q 4d1) ¬O«ü¤@ºØ¹w¹³,¥ç§Y¤@­Ó¤H©Î¤@¥ó¨Æª«¹w¥ýªí¥Ü¥X¨º ±N¨Óªº¡]À±ÁɨȪº¡^¤H©Î¨Æ

5179 tupos {too'-pos} from 5180; TDNT - 8:246,1193; n m AV - ensample 5, print 2, figure 2, example 2, pattern 2, fashion 1, manner 1, form 1; 16 1) the mark of a stroke or blow, print 2) a figure formed by a blow or impression 2a) of a figure or image 2b) of the image of the gods 3) form 3a) the teaching which embodies the sum and substance of religion and represents it to the mind, manner of writing, the contents and form of a letter 4) an example 4a) in the technical sense, the pattern in conformity to which a thing must be made 4b) in an ethical sense, a dissuasive example, a pattern of warning 4b1) of ruinous events which serve as admonitions or warnings to others 4c) an example to be imitated 4c1) of men worthy of imitation 4d) in a doctrinal sense 4d1) of a type i.e. a person or thing prefiguring a future (Messianic) person or thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5192 huakinthos {hoo-ak'-in-thos} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - jacinth 1; 1 1) ­·«H¤l, ªá¦W, ¤]¬O¦P¤@ÃC¦âªºÄ_¥Û¦W, ²`ÂŦâ, Áͪñ©ó¶Â¦â

5192 huakinthos {hoo-ak'-in-thos} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - jacinth 1; 1 1) hyacinth, the name of a flower, also of a precious stone of the same colour, a dark blue verging on black
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5198 hugiaino {hoog-ee-ah'-ee-no} ·½©ó 5199; TDNT - 8:308,1202; °Êµü AV - sound 6, be sound 1, be whole 1, whole 1, wholesome 1, be in health 1, safe and sound 1; 12 1) °·±dªº, °·¥þªº, °·±dª¬ªp¨}¦nªº 2) Áô³ë. 2a) «ü«H©À¤£¨ü»~¾É©Î¼¸ÂZªº°ò·þ®{ 2b) «ü©Ó¨ü®¦¨å¨Ã«H¥õ°í©wªº¤H

5198 hugiaino {hoog-ee-ah'-ee-no} from 5199; TDNT - 8:308,1202; v AV - sound 6, be sound 1, be whole 1, whole 1, wholesome 1, be in health 1, safe and sound 1; 12 1) to be sound, to be well, to be in good health 2) metaph. 2a) of Christians whose opinions are free from any mixture of error 2b) of one who keeps the graces and is strong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5207 huios {hwee-os'} ÅãµM¬O°ò¥»¦r«¬; TDNT - 8:334,1206; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - son(s) 85, Son of Man + 444 87 {TDNT 8:400, 1210}, Son of God + 2316 49, child(ren) 49, Son 42, his Son + 848 21, Son of David + 1138 15 {TDNT 8:478, 1210}, my beloved Son + 27 + 3350 7, thy Son + 4575 5, only begotten Son + 3339 3, his (David's) son + 846 3, firstborn son + 4316 2, misc 14; 382 1) ¨à¤l 1a) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¤p°Êª«, ¤Ö¥Î 1b) ¤@¯ë¥Î¨Ó«ü¤HÃþªº«á¥N 1c) ¯U¸q¦a¨Ó»¡, ¬O¨kªº«á¥N (¥Ñ¤÷¥À©Ò¥Í) 1d) ¼s¸q¦a¨Ó»¡, ¬O¤l®], ¥ô¦ó¤Hªº«á¸Ç, 1d1) ¥H¦â¦Cªº«á¸Ç 1d2) ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº¨à¤l 1e)) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¨Ì¾a¥t¤@­Ó¤Hªº¤H©Î¨º¤Hªº¸òÀHªÌ 1e1) ¾Ç¥Í 2) ¤H¤l 2a) ´y­z¤Hªº¦WºÙ, ¨¥¥~¤§·N¬O³n®z¡B¥²¦ºªº 2b) ¤H¤l, ¦b#¦ý 7:13|¶H¼x©Ê¦a¹wªí²Ä¤­­Ó¤ý°ê,¸g ¥Ñ³o­Ó¦WºÙ«ü¥X¨ä¤H©Ê, ©M«e­±¥|­Ó¤ý°ê (¤Ú¤ñ ­Û¤H¡Bº¿¥Nªi´µ¤H¡B°¨¨ä¹y¤H©Mù°¨¤H) ªº³¥ÆZ ¡B´Ý¼É¦¨¬°¹ï¤ñ, ³o¥|­Ó¤ý°ê¶H¼x¤F¥|ºØÃ~¡C ¦b¥H¿Õ®Ñ (¦è¤¸¤G¥@¬ö) ¤W¥Î¨Ó«ü°ò·þ¡C 2c) ¬°°ò·þ¦Û¤v©Ò¥Î, µLºÃ¦a¬O¬°¤F³q§iÍ¢ªºÀ±ÁÉ¨È ¨­¤À, ¤]ªí©úÍ¢¬O¤HÃþªº®aªø, ¬J´£¨Ñ¤F§¹¬ü¤H Ãþªº¼Ò½d, ¦P®É¥Nªí¥þ¤HÃþ¦æ¨Æ¡C°ò·þ¦ü¥G³ßÅw ³o­ÓÀY»Î¬Æ©ó¨ä¥LÀ±ÁɨȪºÀY»Î, ¦]¬°³o­ÓÀY»Î «Ü¨õ·L, ­n°ö¾i¥X¥@«U¹ïÀ±Áɨȧ@¤ýªººaÄ£´Á«Ý , ¬O³Ì¤£¾A¦Xªº¡C 3) ¤W«Òªº¨à¤l 3a) ¥Î¨Ó´y­z¨È·í (#¸ô 3:38|) 3b) ¥Î¨Ó´y­z¨º¨Ç­«¥Íªº¤H (#¸ô 20:36|)¡BÄÝ¤Ñ¨Ï ¨ÃÄÝ­C¿q°ò·þªº¤H 3c) «ü¤W«Òµø¬°¨à¤lªº¤H, ¤W«Ò©Ò·R¡B«OÅ@¨Ã¨Ï¤§¨ü ¯q§ó¬Æ©ó¨ä¥L¤Hªº¤H 3c1) ¦b¬ù, ¥Î¨Ó«üµS¤Ó¤H 3c2) ¦b·s¬ù, «h«ü°ò·þ®{ 3c3) ·O·Rªº¤W«Ò¤Ñ¤÷¥Î³d³Æ¨Ó¶ì³y¨ä«~®æªº¤H (#¨Ó 12:5-8|) 3d) ·q¬È¤W«Ò¬°¤Ñ¤÷ªº¤H, °@¸Û·q«ô¤W«Òªº¤H, «~®æ ¥Í©R³£¹³¤W«Òªº¤H, ¨ü¸tÆFºÞ²zªº¤H, ¥L­Ì¨IµÛ ¦Ó³ß¼Ö¦a«H¾a¤W«Ò, ¥¿¦p«Äµ£«H¾a¤÷¥À¤@¼Ë (#ù 8:14; ¥[ 3:26|), ¦¹«á³o¨Ç¤W«Ò¤§¤l°£¤F ´L¶Q¤§¥~, ±N¬ïÀ¹¥Ã¥Íªº®¦´f»PºaÄ£¡C­C¿q°ò·þ ¥Î±o³Ì¦h, ¨Ò¦p¨É¨ü¤W«Ò¦Ü°ªµL¤Wªº·R, »PÍ¢·Å ¬X¿Ë¤Áªº±K«´, ¯µ±K°Ñ»PÍ¢ªº±ÏÅ«¯Z©³, ¤@¤Á¦æ °Ê³£¶¶ªA¤W«Òªº¦®·N ¦P¸q¦r½Ð¨£ 5868

5207 huios {hwee-os'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 8:334,1206; n m AV - son(s) 85, Son of Man + 444 87 {TDNT 8:400, 1210}, Son of God + 2316 49, child(ren) 49, Son 42, his Son + 848 21, Son of David + 1138 15 {TDNT 8:478, 1210}, my beloved Son + 27 + 3350 7, thy Son + 4575 5, only begotten Son + 3339 3, his (David's) son + 846 3, firstborn son + 4316 2, misc 14; 382 1) a son 1a) rarely used for the young of animals 1b) generally used of the offspring of men 1c) in a restricted sense, the male offspring (one born by a father and of a mother) 1d) in a wider sense, a descendant, one of the posterity of any one, 1d1) the children of Israel 1d2) sons of Abraham 1e)) used to describe one who depends on another or is his follower 1e1) a pupil 2) son of man 2a) term describing man, carrying the connotation of weakness and mortality 2b) son of man, symbolically denotes the fifth kingdom in Daniel 7:13 and by this term its humanity is indicated in contrast with the barbarity and ferocity of the four preceding kingdoms (the Babylonian, the Median and the Persian, the Macedonian, and the Roman) typified by the four beasts. In the book of Enoch (2nd Century) it is used of Christ. 2c) used by Christ himself, doubtless in order that he might intimate his Messiahship and also that he might designate himself as the head of the human family, the man, the one who both furnished the pattern of the perfect man and acted on behalf of all mankind. Christ seems to have preferred this to the other Messianic titles, because by its lowliness it was least suited to foster the expectation of an earthly Messiah in royal splendour. 3) son of God 3a) used to describe Adam (Lk. 3:38) 3b) used to describe those who are born again (Lk. 20:36) and of angels and of Jesus Christ 3c) of those whom God esteems as sons, whom he loves, protects and benefits above others 3c1) in the OT used of the Jews 3c2) in the NT of Christians 3c3) those whose character God, as a loving father, shapes by chastisements (Heb. 12:5-8) 3d) those who revere God as their father, the pious worshippers of God, those who in character and life resemble God, those who are governed by the Spirit of God, repose the same calm and joyful trust in God which children do in their parents (Rom. 8:14, Gal. 3:26 ), and hereafter in the blessedness and glory of the life eternal will openly wear this dignity of the sons of God. Term used preeminently of Jesus Christ, as enjoying the supreme love of God, united to him in affectionate intimacy, privy to his saving councils, obedient to the Father's will in all his acts For Synonyms see entry 5868
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5274 hupolambano {hoop-ol-am-ban'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 »P 2983; TDNT - 4:15,495; °Êµü AV - suppose 2, answer 1, receive 1; 4 1) ±a¤W (#®{ 1:9|) 2) ¦^µª (#¸ô 10:30|) 3) »{¬°,«ä·Q,¬Û«H,¥D±i (#¸ô 7:43; ®{ 2:15|)

5274 hupolambano {hoop-ol-am-ban'-o} from 5259 and 2983; TDNT - 4:15,495; v AV - suppose 2, answer 1, receive 1; 4 1) to take up in order to raise, to bear on high 1a) to take up and carry away 2) to receive hospitably, welcome 3) to take up 3a) follow in speech, in order either to reply to or controvert or supplement what another has said 4) to take up in the mind 4a) to assume, suppose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5278 hupomeno {hoop-om-en'-o} ·½©ó 5259 ©M 3306; TDNT - 4:581,581; °Êµü AV - endure 11, take patiently 2, tarry behind 1, abide 1, patient 1, suffer 1; 17 1) ¤´µM, ¤´ÂÂ, «O«ù 1a) ¤´ÂÂ, ¯d¦b«áÀY 2) §Ô­@, ¥ç§Y «ù¦u, ¤£«á°h©Î°k¶] 2a) «ù¦u: «ü¦b¤£©¯­WÃø©M¸Õ·Ò¤¤°í¦u¤@­Ó¤H¹ï°ò·þªº«H¤ß 2b) §Ô­@, «i´±¨HµÛªº©Ó¨ü: ¹ï¬Ì¯fªºªvÀø

5278 hupomeno {hoop-om-en'-o} from 5259 and 3306; TDNT - 4:581,581; v AV - endure 11, take patiently 2, tarry behind 1, abide 1, patient 1, suffer 1; 17 1) to remain 1a) to tarry behind 2) to remain i.e. abide, not recede or flee 2a) to preserve: under misfortunes and trials to hold fast to one's faith in Christ 2b) to endure, bear bravely and calmly: ill treatments
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5281 hupomone {hoop-om-on-ay'} ·½¦Û5278; TDNT - 4:581,581; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - patience 29, enduring 1, patient continuance 1, patient waiting 1; 32 1) °í©wªº, «í¤[¤£Åܪº, «ù¤[/­@¤[©Ê 1a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, ¬O«ü¤@­Ó¤H¤£·|¦]¬°¾D¹J«Ü¤jªº¸Õ·Ò©Î­WÃø, ¦Ó§ïÅܤF¦Û¤v·V­«¨M©wªº¥Ø¼Ð, ¥H¤Î¹ï«H¥õªº©¾¸Û©M·q°@. 1b) ­@¤ßªº, °í©wªº 2) ­@¤ß, °í¤ßªºµ¥­Ô 3) ­@¤ß§Ô­@, «ù¤[, °í§Ô For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5861

5281 hupomone {hoop-om-on-ay'} from 5278; TDNT - 4:581,581; n f AV - patience 29, enduring 1, patient continuance 1, patient waiting 1; 32 1) steadfastness, constancy, endurance 1a) in the NT the characteristic of a man who is not swerved from his deliberate purpose and his loyalty to faith and piety by even the greatest trials and sufferings 1b) patiently, and steadfastly 2) a patient, steadfast waiting for 3) a patient enduring, sustaining, perseverance For Synonyms see entry 5861
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5287 hupostasis {hoop-os'-tas-is} ¥Ñ 5259 ©M 2476 ½Æ¦Xªº¦r; TDNT - 8:572,1237; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - confidence 2, confident 1, person 1, substance 1; 5 1) ¸m©ó¨ä¤Uªº°ò¦©Î¨Ì¾Ú 1a) ®Ú¥»¤§©Ò¦b, °ò¦, ®Ú°ò 2) ¨ä®Ú°ò¬O½T½T¹ê¹êªº 2a) «ü¹êµM¦s¦bªºªF¦è 2a1) °ò¦¤uµ{, ¹êÅ骺ªF¦è 2b) «ü¤H©Îª«ªº¹êÅ骺¯S©Ê©Î¥»½è 2c) ¥Ã¤£§ïÅܪº¤ß«ä, °í©T, «i®ð, ¨MÂ_ 2c1) ½T«H, °í©wªº«H¥ô, «H©À

5287 hupostasis {hoop-os'-tas-is} from a compound of 5259 and 2476; TDNT - 8:572,1237; n f AV - confidence 2, confident 1, person 1, substance 1; 5 1) a setting or placing under 1a) thing put under, substructure, foundation 2) that which has foundation, is firm 2a) that which has actual existence 2a1) a substance, real being 2b) the substantial quality, nature, of a person or thing 2c) the steadfastness of mind, firmness, courage, resolution 2c1) confidence, firm trust, assurance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5288 hupostello {hoop-os-tel'-lo} ·½©ó 5259 ©M 4724; TDNT - 7:597,1074; °Êµü AV - keep back 1, shun 1, withdraw 1, draw back 1; 4 1) °h¦^, ºM¦^, ­°§C 1a) ºM°h:¡@«üÁx©Äªº¤H 2) ¦Û§Ú¸G¤Æ°hÁY, ¥ç§Y Áx©Ä, ¸úÁ×, °hÁY 2a) «ü¨º¨Ç²Û©ó©Ó»{¦Û¤vªº«H¥õªº¤H 2b) ¦]®`©È¦Ó¤£´±¥XÁn 2c) Áô¦Ó¤£¨¥, Áô¿f±»¹¢, ¸ËŤ§@°×

5288 hupostello {hoop-os-tel'-lo} from 5259 and 4724; TDNT - 7:597,1074; v AV - keep back 1, shun 1, withdraw 1, draw back 1; 4 1) to draw back, let down, lower 1a) to withdraw: of a timid person 2) to withdraw one's self, i.e. to be timid, to cover, shrink 2a) of those who from timidity hesitate to avow what they believe 2b) to be unwilling to utter from fear 2c) to shrink from declaring, to conceal, dissemble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5296 hupotuposis {hoop-ot-oop'-o-sis} ·½¦Û 5259 »P 5179 ¤Þ¥Ó¦rªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 8:246,1193; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pattern 1, form 1; 2 1) ¤jºõ, ½ü¹ø, ²­n¤ÎºK­n¤§µo²{ 2) ¼Ë¥»(¹ê¨Ò), ¼Ò½d(¼Ò«¬) 2a) µ¹«á¨Ó«HªÌªº¤@­Óº]¼Ë 2b) Âǵۧکһ¡§Ú¤w±o¨ì¥B¤£·|¯Ê¥F®¦¨å¤§¥ý¨Ò, Åã©úµ¹«á¨Ó¬Û«Hªº¤H

5296 hupotuposis {hoop-ot-oop'-o-sis} from a compound of 5259 and a derivative of 5179; TDNT - 8:246,1193; n f AV - pattern 1, form 1; 2 1) an outline, sketch, brief and summary exposition 2) an example, pattern 2a) for an example of those who should hereafter believe 2b) to show by the example of my conversation that the same grace which I had obtained would not be wanting also to those who should hereafter believe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5330 Pharisaios {far-is-ah'-yos} of Hebrew origin cf 06567; TDNT - 9:11,1246;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Pharisee 100; 100 1) ¦ü¥G¬O°_©l©óµS¤Ó¤H³Q¾Û¤§«áªº©v¬£. °£¤F¬ù®Ñ¨÷¤§¥~, ªk§QÁɤH¦b¤f¤f¬Û¶Çªº«H¥õ»P¥Í¬¡¤§¼Ð·Ç¤¤©Ò»{¥iªº¡C ¥L­Ì´M¨D¨ô¶V»PÆg¬ü, ¥u¾ÌµÛ¥~¦b»ö¦¡ªºªí­±Æ[¹î©M·q°@ªº¥~ªí«¬ºA, ¨Ò¦p¬~§, ¸T­¹Ã«§i, ë§i, ©M¬I±Ë; ¬Û¹ï¦a²¨©¿¯u¥¿ªº·q°@, ¥L­Ì¥H¥L­ÌªºµØ¬üµ½¦æ¦Û¶Æ¡C¥L­Ì§V¤O«ù¦uµÛ¬Û«Hµ½´c¤Ñ¨Ïªº¦s¦b, ©M´Á«ÝµÛ¤@¦ìÀ±ÁɨÈ; ¥L­Ì¬Ã±¤ "¦ºªÌ, ¥ý¸gÅç¦b¦aº»¼ú½à©Î¦D»@¤§«á, ·|¦]Í¢¦Ó¥l¦^¥Í©R "ªº¬ß±æ¡C¦Ó¥B®Ú¾Ú¥Lªº¨C¤@­Óµ½¦æ·|¦³¦^³ø¡C ¤Ï¹ï§Æ«ßªºÅQ¦û²Î¨îÅv©Mù°¨ªººÞ²z, ¥L­Ì°í¨M¤ä«ù¯«Åv»P¥L­Ì°ê®aªº¥Ø¼Ð, ¦Ó¥B¾Ö¦³¨Ó¦Û¦Ê©m·¥¤jªº¼vÅT¤O. ¨Ì¾ÚJosephus ¥L­Ì¤H¼Æ¶W¹L6000¤H. ¥L­Ì¬O­C¿q©MÍ¢¶D³^ªº¤£¤Íµ½¤§¤³¼Ä; ¬°µÛ¥L­Ìªº³g°ý¤Î³¥¤ß½ü¬yÄY¼F¦a­I«qÍ¢, ªÅªÅ¾aµÛ¥~¦bªº¦æµ½, ©M·q°@ªº¼vÅT¬°­n±oµÛÁn±æ.

5330 Pharisaios {far-is-ah'-yos} of Hebrew origin cf 06567; TDNT - 9:11,1246; n m AV - Pharisee 100; 100 1) A sect that seems to have started after the Jewish exile. In addition to OT books the Pharisees recognised in oral tradition a standard of belief and life. They sought for distinction and praise by outward observance of external rites and by outward forms of piety, and such as ceremonial washings, fastings, prayers, and alms giving; and, comparatively negligent of genuine piety, they prided themselves on their fancied good works. They held strenuously to a belief in the existence of good and evil angels, and to the expectation of a Messiah; and they cherished the hope that the dead, after a preliminary experience either of reward or of penalty in Hades, would be recalled to life by him, and be requited each according to his individual deeds. In opposition to the usurped dominion of the Herods and the rule of the Romans, they stoutly upheld the theocracy and their country's cause, and possessed great influence with the common people. According to Josephus they numbered more than 6000. They were bitter enemies of Jesus and his cause; and were in turn severely rebuked by him for their avarice, ambition, hollow reliance on outward works, and affection of piety in order to gain popularity.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5370 philema {fil'-ay-mah} ·½©ó 5368; TDNT - 9:114,1262; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - kiss 7; 7 1) ¿Ë¼L 2) §@¬°¤@ºØ¿Ë¦p¤â¨¬ªºªí¹F, °ò·þ®{¥H¦¹¤è¦¡¨Óªí¥Ü¹ï«H¥õ¤Wªº¦P¦ñªºÅwªï©Î¤ÀÂ÷

5370 philema {fil'-ay-mah} from 5368; TDNT - 9:114,1262; n n AV - kiss 7; 7 1) a kiss 2) the kiss with which, as a sign of fraternal affection, Christians were accustomed to welcome or dismiss their companions in the faith
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5371 Philemon {fil-ay'-mone} ·½©ó 5368;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Philemon 2; 2 µÌ§Qªù = "¿Ë§kªÌ" 1) ¤@¦ìºqù¦èªº©~¥Á, ¸g«Où¦Ó«H¤F°ò·þ, µÌ§Qªù®Ñªº¨ü¤åªÌ

5371 Philemon {fil-ay'-mone} from 5368;; n pr m AV - Philemon 2; 2 Philemon = "one who kisses" 1) a resident of Colosse, converted to Christianity by Paul, and the recipient of the letter bearing his name
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5463 chairo {khah'-ee-ro} ­ì«¬°Êµü; TDNT - 9:359,1298; °Êµü AV - rejoice 42, be glad 14, joy 5, hail 5, greeting 3, God speed 2, all hail 1, joyfully 1, farewell 1; 74 1) ³ß¼Ö, °ª¿³ 2) «D±`ªºÅw³ß 3) ª¬ªp«Ü¦n, ¿³©ô 4) ¥´©Û©I®Éªº¥Î»y 5) ®Ñ«H¶}ÀY¥Î»y: °Ý­Ô¥L¤H, ¦V¨º¤H­P·N

5463 chairo {khah'-ee-ro} a primary verb; TDNT - 9:359,1298; v AV - rejoice 42, be glad 14, joy 5, hail 5, greeting 3, God speed 2, all hail 1, joyfully 1, farewell 1; 74 1) to rejoice, be glad 2) to rejoice exceedingly 3) to be well, thrive 4) in salutations, hail! 5) at the beginning of letters: to give one greeting, salute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5485 charis {khar'-ece} ·½¦Û 5463; TDNT - 9:372,1298; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - grace 130, favour 6, thanks 4, thank 4, thank + 2192 3, pleasure 2, misc 7; 156 1) ®¦¨å 1a) µ¹¤©³ß¼Ö, ´r§Ö, ªY³ß, ²¢¬ü, ¾y¤O, ¬ü¦n¤§¨¥µü¤Wªº®¦¨å 2) µ½·N, ¤¯·R, ®¦´f 2a) «ü¥Î¨ä¸t¼ä§@¥Î¦b²³¤Hªº¤W«Ò¨Ï¥L­Ì¦^Âà¦V°ò·þ¡B«O¦u¡B°í©T¡B¥[²K¥L­Ì ¹ï°ò·þªº«H¥õ¡B»{ÃÑ¡B·R¼}¨Ã¿E°_¥L­Ì¾Þ½m°ò·þ®{¬ü¼wªº·O´dµ½¦æ 3) °_¦]©ó®¦¨å¤§¨Æª« 3a) ¨ü¯«®¦©Ò´xºÞªº¤H¤§ÆF©Êª¬ªp 3b) ®¦¨åªº¼Ð°O©ÎÃÒ¾Ú, §Q¯q 3b1) ®¦¨åªºÂ§ª« 3b2) §Q¯q, ºB´n 4) ·PÁÂ, (¬°§Q¯q, ªA°È, ®¦´f), ³ø¹S, ³øµª

5485 charis {khar'-ece} from 5463; TDNT - 9:372,1298; n f AV - grace 130, favour 6, thanks 4, thank 4, thank + 2192 3, pleasure 2, misc 7; 156 1) grace 1a) that which affords joy, pleasure, delight, sweetness, charm, loveliness: grace of speech 2) good will, loving-kindness, favour 2a) of the merciful kindness by which God, exerting his holy influence upon souls, turns them to Christ, keeps, strengthens, increases them in Christian faith, knowledge, affection, and kindles them to the exercise of the Christian virtues 3) what is due to grace 3a) the spiritual condition of one governed by the power of divine grace 3b) the token or proof of grace, benefit 3b1) a gift of grace 3b2) benefit, bounty 4) thanks, (for benefits, services, favours), recompense, reward
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5486 charisma {khar'-is-mah} ±q 5483 ¦Ó¨Ó; TDNT - 9:402,1298; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - gift 15, free gift 2; 17 1) ¤£¨D±ÂªÌ¤§¦^³øªº¬I®¦ 2) ¦]¯«®¦©Òµ¹ªº®¦½ç 3) «H¤ß, ª¾ÃÑ, ¸t¼ä, ¬ü¼w µ¥ªº®¦½ç 4) ¸t®¦ªº¸gÀÙ(­pºâ¤W), ¬Û«H¦]µÛ°ò·þ¤w¥I¤Wªº¥N»ù¦Ó±N³j¸o»P¥Ã¥Íµ¹¤F¸o¤H 5) ®¦¨å©Î®¦½çªí¥Ü¶W¦ÛµM¤O¶q, °Ï¤À¥X¬Y¨Ç°ò·þ®{¤Î¨Ï±o¥L­Ì¯à¨Æ©^°ò·þªº±Ð·|, ¥Ñ©ó¯«®¦ÂǸtÆF¹B¦b¥L­Ì¤ßÆF¤§±µ¯Ç

5486 charisma {khar'-is-mah} from 5483; TDNT - 9:402,1298; n n AV - gift 15, free gift 2; 17 1) a favour with which one receives without any merit of his own 2) the gift of divine grace 3) the gift of faith, knowledge, holiness, virtue 4) the economy of divine grace, by which the pardon of sin and eternal salvation is appointed to sinners in consideration of the merits of Christ laid hold of by faith 5) grace or gifts denoting extraordinary powers, distinguishing certain Christians and enabling them to serve the church of Christ, the reception of which is due to the power of divine grace operating on their souls by the Holy Spirit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5582 pseusma {psyoos'-mah} ·½©ó 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - lie 1; 1 1) µê°², ÁÀ¨¥ 2) ­I«q, ¤£©¾, «ü¤H¤£«H¯«³´¦b¸o¤¤

5582 pseusma {psyoos'-mah} from 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; n n AV - lie 1; 1 1) a falsehood, a lie 2) the perfidy by which a man by sinning breaks faith with God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5583 pseustes {psyoos-tace'} ·½©ó 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - liar 10; 10 1) »¡ÁÀªÌ 2) ¤£¦u«H¥Îªº¤H 3) µê°°¤£¹ê¤SµL«H¥Îªº¤H

5583 pseustes {psyoos-tace'} from 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; n m AV - liar 10; 10 1) a liar 2) one who breaks faith 3) a false and faithless man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5593 psuchros {psoo-chros'} ·½¦Û 5592; TDNT - 2:876,296; §Î®eµü AV - cold 4; 4 1) §C·Åªº, ²M²Dªº 1a) «ü¦B²Dªº¤ô 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¦B§N, ¥ç§YÃi´²ªº, ¿ð¶wªº 2b) ¤ß¤¤·N¦V: «ü¤@­Ó¤H¯Ê¥F¼ö¸Ûªº°ò·þ®{ªº«H¤ß©M¹ï¸t¼äªº´÷±æ

5593 psuchros {psoo-chros'} from 5592; TDNT - 2:876,296; adj AV - cold 4; 4 1) cold, cool 1a) of cool water 2) metaph. 2a) cold i.e. sluggish, inert 2b) in mind: of one destitute of warm Christian faith and the desire for holiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5794 »y®ð - ©R¥O §Æþ¤å¤¤ªº©R¥O»y®ð, ¬Û·í©ó­^¤å¤¤ªº¬è¨Ï»y»y®ð, ªí¥Ü¥H¤@­Ó©R¥O©ÎªÌÅv«Â, ¥OÅ¥©RªÌ°õ¦æ¬Y¶µ¦æ°Ê.T¦]¦¹, ­C¿q»¡: §A­Ì·í®¬§ï, «HºÖ­µ" (¥i1:15) ¤£¬O¤@¶µÁܽÐ, ¦Ó¬O¤@¶µµ´¹ïªº©R¥O, ­n¨D©Ò¦³Å¥¨ì³o­Ó©R¥Oªº¤H, §¹¥þ¶¶ªA.

5794 Mood - Imperative The imperative mood corresponds to the English imperative, and expresses a command to the hearer to perform a certain action by the order and authority of the one commanding. Thus, Jesus' phrase, "Repent ye, and believe the gospel" (Mk.1:15) is not at all an "invitation," but an absolute command requiring full obedience on the part of all hearers.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5795 »y®ð- ¤£©wµü ¦b§Æþ¤å¤¤¤£©wµü´X¥Gµ¥¦P©ó­^¤åªº¤£©wµü, Ķ¬° to + °Êµü, ¨Ò: ¬Û«H "to believe." ¥¿¦p­^¤å¤¤ªº¤£©wµü, §Æþ¤åªº¤£©wµü¥i¥H§@¦Wµü¥Î ¨Ò: ¦n¦º¤£¦p¿à¬¡µÛ "It is better to live than to die"), ©ÎªÌªí¹Fµ²ªG©Î¥Øªº. «öµÛ¥ýª¾©Ò»¡ªºÀ³Åç¤F "This was done to fulfil what the prophet said").

5795 Mood - Infinitive The Greek infinitive mood in most cases corresponds to the English infinitive, which is basically the verb with "to" prefixed, as "to believe." Like the English infinitive, the Greek infinitive can be used like a noun phrase ("It is better to live than to die"), as well as to reflect purpose or result ("This was done to fulfil what the prophet said").
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ apokalupto 601 ¨£ delos 1212 ¨£ phaneroo 5319 ¹ï·Ó 5319, 601 5319¬O´y­z¥~¦bªºÅã¥Ü,¦Ó¥B¬OÅãµ¹©Ò¦³¤Hªº;601«h¬O¹ï«ä·Qªº«H®{ ©Ò§@ªº¤º¦bÅã¥Ü,¦Ó¥B¬O±`¦sªº.601ªº"´¦¥Ü"¥ý©ó5319,²£¥Í¥X5319 ªº"¹üÅã";«eªÌ¬Ýªº¬O³Q´¦¥Üªº¹ï¶H,«áªÌ¬Ýªº¬O±o¨ì±Ò¥Üªº¤H.¤£¹L ¤]¦³¤H½èºÃ³oºØ¸ÑÄÀ ¤ñ¸û 5319, 1212 1212 - ©úÅ㪺, ª¾¹D©Î²z¸Ñªº 5319 - ¹üÅã, ¬Û¹ï©óÁôÂéΤ£¥i¨£ªº 1212«üªº¬O¤º¦bªº»{ª¾, 5319«üªº¬O¥~¦bªº¼Ë¦¡

Synonyms See Definition for apokalupto 601 See Definition for delos 1212 See Definition for phaneroo 5319 Compare: 5319, 601 5319 is thought to describe an external manifestation, to the senses hence open to all, single or isolated; 601 is an internal disclosure, to the thinking believer, and abiding. The 601 or "unveiling" precedes and produces the 5319 or "manifestation"; the former looks toward the object revealed, the latter toward the persons to whom the revelation is made. Some question this explanation. Compare: 5319, 1212 1212 - evident, what is known and understood 5319 - manifest, as opp. to what is concealed and invisible 1212 points rather to inner perception, 5319 to outward appearance.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ deesis 1162 ¨£ enteuxis 1783 ¨£ proseuche 4335 1163 ¬O¤^¨D©Êªº, 4335 ¬O©v±Ð¥Îµü, ³æ¨Ï¥Î©óë§i©I¨D¯«, ¦Ó 1163 ¥ç¯à¥Î©ó¦V¤Hªº¨D´©. 1783 ªí¹F³æ¦s²@µLÄdªýªº¨Ó¨ì¯««e, 1163 ¤ñ¸û¨Ï¥Î©óªí¹F­Ó¤Hªº»Ý¨D. 4335 §t¦³Äm¨­©^Ämªº·N¨ý, 1783 «üë§iªÌªº¤ß³Q¯«©Ò·P¦Ó§ó·s§ïÅÜ, ¨ã¦³«Äµ£¯ë«H¤ß,

Synonyms See Definition for deesis 1162 See Definition for enteuxis 1783 See Definition for proseuche 4335 1163 is petitionary, 4335 is a word of sacred character, being limited to prayer to God, whereas 1163 may also be used of a request addressed to man. 1783 expresses confiding access to God, 1163 gives prominence to the expression of personal need. 4335 to the element of devotion, 1783 to that of childlike confidence, by representing prayer as the heart's conversion with God.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ dokeo 1380 ¨£ hegeomai 2233 ¨£ nomizo 3543 ¨£ oiomai 3633 ¨£ phaino 5316 ¹ï·Ó 1380, 5316 1380«ü¥DÆ[ªº§PÂ_,¥¼¥²²Å¦X¨Æ¹ê.5316«üªº¬O¥~¦bªº¯u»ª, ¤@¯ë¦Ó¨¥¬O¥¿½Tªº,¦ý¤]¦³¥i¯à´Û¿f¤H ¹ï·Ó 1380, 2233 (2), 3543 (2), 3633 2233»P3543«üªº¬O¥H©P¥þªº«ä¦Ò,¥~¦bªº®Ú¾Ú,¥H¤Î¿Å¶q»P¤ñ¸û¨Æ¹ê ¬°°ò¦ªº«H¥õ,¦Ó¤£¬O«Ø¥ß¦b·P¨ü»P±¡ºü¤W. 1380»P3633«h¬O§Î®e«ö·Ó¦Û¤vªº³ß´c,§Q¯q,»P¦Û¤vªº¬Ýªk¦Ó²£¥Íªº ¥DÆ[§PÂ_. 2233ªº§PÂ_¤ñ3543¥J²ÓÂÔ·V;3633¬O¥H·P¨ü,¦Ó«D«ä¦Ò ®Ú¾Ú(1380)ªº¥DÆ[§PÂ_.

Synonyms See Definition for dokeo 1380 See Definition for hegeomai 2233 See Definition for nomizo 3543 See Definition for oiomai 3633 See Definition for phaino 5316 Compare: 1380, 5316 1380 - refers to the subjective judgment, which may or may not conform to the fact 5316 - refers to the actual external appearance, generally correct, but possibly deceptive Compare: 1380, 2233 (2), 3543 (2), 3633 2233 and 3543 denote a belief resting not on one's inner feeling or sentiment, but on the due consideration of external grounds, and the weighing and comparing of facts. 1380 and 3633 on the other hand, describe a subjective judgment growing out of inclination or a view of facts in their relation to us. 2233 denotes a more deliberate and careful judgment than 3543; 3633 a subjective judgment which has feeling rather than thought (1380) for its ground.